tyler.durden/audk
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/acidanthera/audk.git synced 2025-04-08 17:05:09 +02:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

MdePkg: Clean up source files

Browse Source 
1. Do not use tab characters
2. No trailing white space in one line
3. All files must end with CRLF

Contributed-under: TianoCore Contribution Agreement 1.1
Signed-off-by: Liming Gao <liming.gao@intel.com>
This commit is contained in:
Liming Gao 2018-06-27 21:11:33 +08:00
parent d1102dba72
commit 9095d37b8f
729 changed files with 15683 additions and 15683 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

8
MdePkg/Include/Base.h
View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
environment. There are a set of base libraries in the Mde Package that can
be used to implement base modules.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ VERIFY_SIZE_OF (CHAR16, 2);
//
// The following three enum types are used to verify that the compiler
// configuration for enum types is compliant with Section 2.3.1 of the
// UEFI 2.3 Specification. These enum types and enum values are not
// configuration for enum types is compliant with Section 2.3.1 of the
// UEFI 2.3 Specification. These enum types and enum values are not
// intended to be used. A prefix of '__' is used avoid conflicts with
// other types.
//
@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ typedef CHAR8 *VA_LIST;
This macro initializes Dest as a copy of Start, as if the VA_START macro had been applied to Dest
followed by the same sequence of uses of the VA_ARG macro as had previously been used to reach
the present state of Start.
the present state of Start.
@param Dest VA_LIST used to traverse the list of arguments.
@param Start VA_LIST used to traverse the list of arguments.

22
MdePkg/Include/Ebc/ProcessorBind.h
View File

@ -4,14 +4,14 @@
We currently only have one EBC compiler so there may be some Intel compiler
specific functions in this file.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -135,14 +135,14 @@ typedef unsigned long UINTN;
/// If EFIAPI is already defined, then we use that definition.
///
#else
#define EFIAPI
#define EFIAPI
#endif
/**
Return the pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
On EBC architectures, these two pointer values are the same,
On EBC architectures, these two pointer values are the same,
so the implementation of this macro is very simple.
@param FunctionPointer A pointer to a function.
@return The pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
@ -153,5 +153,5 @@ typedef unsigned long UINTN;
#define __USER_LABEL_PREFIX__
#endif
#endif
#endif

16
MdePkg/Include/Guid/Acpi.h
View File

@ -2,17 +2,17 @@
GUIDs used for ACPI entries in the EFI system table
These GUIDs point the ACPI tables as defined in the ACPI specifications.
ACPI 2.0 specification defines the ACPI 2.0 GUID. UEFI 2.0 defines the
ACPI 2.0 specification defines the ACPI 2.0 GUID. UEFI 2.0 defines the
ACPI 2.0 Table GUID and ACPI Table GUID.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/Apriori.h
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
list of FV filenames that the DXE dispatcher will schedule reguardless of
the dependency grammar.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.

18
MdePkg/Include/Guid/AprioriFileName.h
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
name of the PEI a priori file that is stored in a firmware
volume.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.
@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
{ 0x1b45cc0a, 0x156a, 0x428a, { 0x62, 0XAF, 0x49, 0x86, 0x4d, 0xa0, 0xe6, 0xe6 } }
///
///
/// This file must be of type EFI_FV_FILETYPE_FREEFORM and must
/// contain a single section of type EFI_SECTION_RAW. For details on
/// firmware volumes, firmware file types, and firmware file section
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
typedef struct {
///
/// An array of zero or more EFI_GUID type entries that match the file names of PEIM
/// modules in the same Firmware Volume. The maximum number of entries.
/// modules in the same Firmware Volume. The maximum number of entries.
///
EFI_GUID FileNamesWithinVolume[1];
} PEI_APRIORI_FILE_CONTENTS;

8
MdePkg/Include/Guid/CapsuleReport.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
Guid & data structure used for Capsule process result variables
Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -84,14 +84,14 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// In case of capsule loaded from disk, the zero-terminated array containing file name of capsule that was processed.
/// In case of capsule submitted directly to UpdateCapsule() there is no file name, and this field is required to contain a single 16-bit zero character
/// In case of capsule submitted directly to UpdateCapsule() there is no file name, and this field is required to contain a single 16-bit zero character
/// which is included in VariableTotalSize.
///
/// CHAR16 CapsuleFileName[];
///
///
/// This field will contain a zero-terminated CHAR16 string containing the text representation of the device path of device publishing Firmware Management Protocol
/// This field will contain a zero-terminated CHAR16 string containing the text representation of the device path of device publishing Firmware Management Protocol
/// (if present). In case where device path is not present and the target is not otherwise known to firmware, or when payload was blocked by policy, or skipped,
/// this field is required to contain a single 16-bit zero character which is included in VariableTotalSize.
///

16
MdePkg/Include/Guid/DebugImageInfoTable.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
GUID and related data structures used with the Debug Image Info Table.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
typedef struct {
UINT64 Signature; ///< A constant UINT64 that has the value EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_SIGNATURE
EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS EfiSystemTableBase; ///< The physical address of the EFI system table.
EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS EfiSystemTableBase; ///< The physical address of the EFI system table.
UINT32 Crc32; ///< A 32-bit CRC value that is used to verify the EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER structure is valid.
} EFI_SYSTEM_TABLE_POINTER;

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/DxeServices.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
GUID used to identify the DXE Services Table
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.

16
MdePkg/Include/Guid/EventGroup.h
View File

@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
/** @file
GUIDs for gBS->CreateEventEx Event Groups. Defined in UEFI spec 2.0 and PI 1.2.1.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef __EVENT_GROUP_GUID__
#define __EVENT_GROUP_GUID__
#define EFI_EVENT_GROUP_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES \
{ 0x27abf055, 0xb1b8, 0x4c26, { 0x80, 0x48, 0x74, 0x8f, 0x37, 0xba, 0xa2, 0xdf } }

18
MdePkg/Include/Guid/EventLegacyBios.h
View File

@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
/** @file
GUID is the name of events used with CreateEventEx in order to be notified
GUID is the name of events used with CreateEventEx in order to be notified
when the EFI boot manager is about to boot a legacy boot option.
Events of this type are notificated just before Int19h is invoked.
Events of this type are notificated just before Int19h is invoked.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FileInfo.h
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
and EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.GetInfo() to set or get generic file information.
This GUID is defined in UEFI specification.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FileSystemInfo.h
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
or EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.SetInfo() to get or set information about the system's volume.
This GUID is defined in UEFI specification.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FileSystemVolumeLabelInfo.h
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
or EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.SetInfo() to get or set the system's volume label.
This GUID is defined in UEFI specification.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FirmwareContentsSigned.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
GUID is used to define the signed section.
Copyright (c) 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2013 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID introduced in PI Version 1.2.1.

26
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FirmwareFileSystem2.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Guid used to define the Firmware File System 2.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs introduced in PI Version 1.0.
@ -18,18 +18,18 @@
#ifndef __FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM2_GUID_H__
#define __FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM2_GUID_H__
///
/// The firmware volume header contains a data field for
///
/// The firmware volume header contains a data field for
/// the file system GUID
///
///
#define EFI_FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM2_GUID \
{ 0x8c8ce578, 0x8a3d, 0x4f1c, { 0x99, 0x35, 0x89, 0x61, 0x85, 0xc3, 0x2d, 0xd3 } }
///
/// A Volume Top File (VTF) is a file that must be
/// located such that the last byte of the file is
/// A Volume Top File (VTF) is a file that must be
/// located such that the last byte of the file is
/// also the last byte of the firmware volume
///
///
#define EFI_FFS_VOLUME_TOP_FILE_GUID \
{ 0x1BA0062E, 0xC779, 0x4582, { 0x85, 0x66, 0x33, 0x6A, 0xE8, 0xF7, 0x8F, 0x9 } }

16
MdePkg/Include/Guid/FirmwareFileSystem3.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Guid used to define the Firmware File System 3.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs introduced in PI Version 1.0.
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
#ifndef __FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM3_GUID_H__
#define __FIRMWARE_FILE_SYSTEM3_GUID_H__
///
///
/// The firmware volume header contains a data field for the file system GUID
/// {5473C07A-3DCB-4dca-BD6F-1E9689E7349A}
///

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/GlobalVariable.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
GUID for EFI (NVRAM) Variables.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID defined in UEFI 2.1

18
MdePkg/Include/Guid/Gpt.h
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
/** @file
Guids used for the GPT (GUID Partition Table)
GPT defines a new disk partitioning scheme and also describes
usage of the legacy Master Boot Record (MBR) partitioning scheme.
GPT defines a new disk partitioning scheme and also describes
usage of the legacy Master Boot Record (MBR) partitioning scheme.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2007, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.1 spec.

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/HiiFormMapMethodGuid.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Guid used to identify HII FormMap configuration method.
Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID defined in UEFI 2.2 spec.

16
MdePkg/Include/Guid/HiiKeyBoardLayout.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
HII keyboard layout GUID as defined in UEFI2.1 specification
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.1 spec.

16
MdePkg/Include/Guid/HiiPlatformSetupFormset.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
GUID indicates that the form set contains forms designed to be used
GUID indicates that the form set contains forms designed to be used
for platform configuration and this form set will be displayed.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID defined in UEFI 2.1.

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/HobList.h
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
These GUIDs point the HOB List passed from PEI to DXE.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID introduced in PI Version 1.0.

4
MdePkg/Include/Guid/ImageAuthentication.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
Image signature database are defined for the signed image validation.
Copyright (c) 2009 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// Zero or more image signatures. If the image contained no signatures,
/// then this field is empty.
/// EFI_SIGNATURE_LIST Signature;
///
///
} EFI_IMAGE_EXECUTION_INFO;

4
MdePkg/Include/Guid/MdePkgTokenSpace.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
GUID for MdePkg PCD Token Space
GUID for MdePkg PCD Token Space
Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/MemoryAllocationHob.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
GUIDs for HOBs used in memory allcation
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs introduced in PI Version 1.0.

34
MdePkg/Include/Guid/MemoryOverwriteControl.h
View File

@ -1,20 +1,20 @@
/** @file
GUID used for MemoryOverwriteRequestControl UEFI variable defined in
GUID used for MemoryOverwriteRequestControl UEFI variable defined in
TCG Platform Reset Attack Mitigation Specification 1.00.
See http://trustedcomputinggroup.org for the latest specification
The purpose of the MemoryOverwriteRequestControl UEFI variable is to give users (e.g., OS, loader) the ability to
indicate to the platform that secrets are present in memory and that the platform firmware must clear memory upon
a restart. The OS loader should not create the variable. Rather, the firmware is required to create it.
The purpose of the MemoryOverwriteRequestControl UEFI variable is to give users (e.g., OS, loader) the ability to
indicate to the platform that secrets are present in memory and that the platform firmware must clear memory upon
a restart. The OS loader should not create the variable. Rather, the firmware is required to create it.
Copyright (c) 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -27,17 +27,17 @@
}
///
/// Variable name is "MemoryOverwriteRequestControl" and it is a 1 byte unsigned value.
/// The attributes should be:
/// EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE |
/// EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS |
/// EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS
/// Variable name is "MemoryOverwriteRequestControl" and it is a 1 byte unsigned value.
/// The attributes should be:
/// EFI_VARIABLE_NON_VOLATILE |
/// EFI_VARIABLE_BOOTSERVICE_ACCESS |
/// EFI_VARIABLE_RUNTIME_ACCESS
///
#define MEMORY_OVERWRITE_REQUEST_VARIABLE_NAME L"MemoryOverwriteRequestControl"
///
/// 0 = Firmware MUST clear the MOR bit
/// 1 = Firmware MUST set the MOR bit
/// 1 = Firmware MUST set the MOR bit
///
#define MOR_CLEAR_MEMORY_BIT_MASK 0x01

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/Mps.h
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
ACPI is the primary means of exporting MPS information to the OS. MPS only was
included to support Itanium-based platform power on. So don't use it if you don't have too.
Copyright (c) 2006, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.

16
MdePkg/Include/Guid/PcAnsi.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Terminal Device Path Vendor Guid.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
{ \
0x37499a9d, 0x542f, 0x4c89, {0xa0, 0x26, 0x35, 0xda, 0x14, 0x20, 0x94, 0xe4 } \
}
#define EFI_SAS_DEVICE_PATH_GUID \
{ \
0xd487ddb4, 0x008b, 0x11d9, {0xaf, 0xdc, 0x00, 0x10, 0x83, 0xff, 0xca, 0x4d } \

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/SalSystemTable.h
View File

@ -4,14 +4,14 @@
SAL System Table contains Itanium-based processor centric information about
the system.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2009, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.0 spec.

14
MdePkg/Include/Guid/SmBios.h
View File

@ -5,14 +5,14 @@
locate the SMBIOS tables. Do not search the 0xF0000 segment to find SMBIOS
tables.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUIDs defined in UEFI 2.5 spec.

158
MdePkg/Include/Guid/StatusCodeDataTypeId.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
GUID used to identify id for the caller who is initiating the Status Code.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
These GUIDs and structures are defined in UEFI Platform Initialization Specification 1.2
These GUIDs and structures are defined in UEFI Platform Initialization Specification 1.2
Volume 3: Shared Architectural Elements
**/
@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ typedef enum {
///
EfiStringUnicode,
///
/// An EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_TOKEN representing the string. The actual
/// An EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_TOKEN representing the string. The actual
/// string can be obtained by querying the HII Database
///
EfiStringToken
} EFI_STRING_TYPE;
///
/// Specifies the format of the data in EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA.String.
///
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
EFI_STRING_ID Token;
} EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_TOKEN;
typedef union {
///
/// ASCII formatted string.
@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ typedef union {
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_TOKEN Hii;
} EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING;
///
/// This data type defines a string type of extended data. A string can accompany
/// any status code. The string can provide additional information about the
/// status code. The string can be ASCII, Unicode, or a Human Interface Infrastructure
/// This data type defines a string type of extended data. A string can accompany
/// any status code. The string can provide additional information about the
/// status code. The string can be ASCII, Unicode, or a Human Interface Infrastructure
/// (HII) token/GUID pair.
///
typedef struct {
@ -89,14 +89,14 @@ typedef struct {
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA) - HeaderSize, and
/// DataHeader.Type should be
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA_TYPE_STRING_GUID.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
/// Specifies the format of the data in String.
///
EFI_STRING_TYPE StringType;
///
/// A pointer to the extended data. The data follows the format specified by
/// A pointer to the extended data. The data follows the format specified by
/// StringType.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING String;
@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ extern EFI_GUID gEfiStatusCodeDataTypeStringGuid;
{ 0x335984bd, 0xe805, 0x409a, { 0xb8, 0xf8, 0xd2, 0x7e, 0xce, 0x5f, 0xf7, 0xa6 } }
///
/// Extended data about the device path, which is used for many errors and
/// Extended data about the device path, which is used for many errors and
/// progress codes to point to the device.
///
/// The device path is used to point to the physical device in case there is more than one device
@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
/// The device path to the controller or the hardware device. Note that this parameter is a
/// The device path to the controller or the hardware device. Note that this parameter is a
/// variable-length device path structure and not a pointer to such a structure. This structure is
/// populated only if it is a physical device. For virtual devices, the Size field in DataHeader
/// is set to zero and this field is not populated.
@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// This structure defines extended data describing a PCI resource allocation error.
///
/// @par Note:
/// @par Note:
/// The following structure contains variable-length fields and cannot be defined as a C-style
/// structure.
///
@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// DevicePathSize should be zero if it is a virtual device that is not associated with
/// a device path. Otherwise, this parameter is the length of the variable-length
/// DevicePath.
/// DevicePath.
///
UINT16 DevicePathSize;
///
@ -223,9 +223,9 @@ typedef struct {
///
UINT16 AllocResSize;
///
/// The device path to the controller or the hardware device that did not get the requested
/// resources. Note that this parameter is the variable-length device path structure and not
/// a pointer to this structure.
/// The device path to the controller or the hardware device that did not get the requested
/// resources. Note that this parameter is the variable-length device path structure and not
/// a pointer to this structure.
///
// EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL DevicePath;
///
@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
// UINT8 ReqRes[];
///
/// The allocated resources in the format of an ACPI 2.0 resource descriptor. This
/// The allocated resources in the format of an ACPI 2.0 resource descriptor. This
/// parameter is not a pointer; it is the complete resource descriptor.
///
// UINT8 AllocRes[];
@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// This structure provides a calculation for base-10 representations.
///
/// Not consistent with PI 1.2 Specification.
/// This data type is not defined in the PI 1.2 Specification, but is
/// This data type is not defined in the PI 1.2 Specification, but is
/// required by several of the other data structures in this file.
///
typedef struct {
@ -253,16 +253,16 @@ typedef struct {
///
INT16 Value;
///
/// The INT16 number by which to raise the base-2 calculation.
/// The INT16 number by which to raise the base-2 calculation.
///
INT16 Exponent;
} EFI_EXP_BASE10_DATA;
///
/// This structure provides the voltage at the time of error. It also provides
/// the threshold value indicating the minimum or maximum voltage that is considered
/// an error. If the voltage is less then the threshold, the error indicates that the
/// voltage fell below the minimum acceptable value. If the voltage is greater then the threshold,
/// This structure provides the voltage at the time of error. It also provides
/// the threshold value indicating the minimum or maximum voltage that is considered
/// an error. If the voltage is less then the threshold, the error indicates that the
/// voltage fell below the minimum acceptable value. If the voltage is greater then the threshold,
/// the error indicates that the voltage rose above the maximum acceptable value.
///
typedef struct {
@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
/// sizeof (EFI_COMPUTING_UNIT_TIMER_EXPIRED_ERROR_DATA) -
/// HeaderSize, and DataHeader.Type should be
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
@ -341,11 +341,11 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// This structure defines extended data for processor mismatch errors.
///
/// This provides information to indicate which processors mismatch, and how they mismatch. The
/// status code contains the instance number of the processor that is in error. This structure's
/// Instance indicates the second processor that does not match. This differentiation allows the
/// consumer to determine which two processors do not match. The Attributes indicate what
/// mismatch is being reported. Because Attributes is a bit field, more than one mismatch can be
/// This provides information to indicate which processors mismatch, and how they mismatch. The
/// status code contains the instance number of the processor that is in error. This structure's
/// Instance indicates the second processor that does not match. This differentiation allows the
/// consumer to determine which two processors do not match. The Attributes indicate what
/// mismatch is being reported. Because Attributes is a bit field, more than one mismatch can be
/// reported with one error code.
///
typedef struct {
@ -354,23 +354,23 @@ typedef struct {
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
/// sizeof (EFI_ HOST_PROCESSOR_MISMATCH_ERROR_DATA) -
/// HeaderSize , and DataHeader.Type should be
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
/// The unit number of the computing unit that does not match.
///
///
UINT32 Instance;
///
/// The attributes describing the failure.
///
///
/// The attributes describing the failure.
///
UINT16 Attributes;
} EFI_HOST_PROCESSOR_MISMATCH_ERROR_DATA;
///
/// This structure provides details about the computing unit thermal failure.
///
/// This structure provides the temperature at the time of error. It also provides the threshold value
/// This structure provides the temperature at the time of error. It also provides the threshold value
/// indicating the minimum temperature that is considered an error.
///
typedef struct {
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
/// sizeof (EFI_COMPUTING_UNIT_THERMAL_ERROR_DATA) -
/// HeaderSize , and DataHeader.Type should be
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ typedef struct {
typedef UINT32 EFI_CPU_STATE_CHANGE_CAUSE;
///
/// The reasons that the processor is disabled.
/// The reasons that the processor is disabled.
/// Used to fill in EFI_COMPUTING_UNIT_CPU_DISABLED_ERROR_DATA.Cause.
///
///@{
@ -447,8 +447,8 @@ typedef UINT32 EFI_CPU_STATE_CHANGE_CAUSE;
///
/// This structure provides information about the disabled computing unit.
///
/// This structure provides details as to why and how the computing unit was disabled. The causes
/// should cover the typical reasons a processor would be disabled. How the processor was disabled is
/// This structure provides details as to why and how the computing unit was disabled. The causes
/// should cover the typical reasons a processor would be disabled. How the processor was disabled is
/// important because there are distinct differences between hardware and software disabling.
///
typedef struct {
@ -461,12 +461,12 @@ typedef struct {
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
/// The reason for disabling the processor.
///
/// The reason for disabling the processor.
///
UINT32 Cause;
///
/// TRUE if the processor is disabled via software means such as not listing it in the ACPI tables.
/// Such a processor will respond to Interprocessor Interrupts (IPIs). FALSE if the processor is hardware
/// TRUE if the processor is disabled via software means such as not listing it in the ACPI tables.
/// Such a processor will respond to Interprocessor Interrupts (IPIs). FALSE if the processor is hardware
/// disabled, which means it is invisible to software and will not respond to IPIs.
///
BOOLEAN SoftwareDisabled;
@ -504,8 +504,8 @@ typedef UINT8 EFI_MEMORY_ERROR_OPERATION;
///@}
///
/// This structure provides specific details about the memory error that was detected. It provides
/// enough information so that consumers can identify the exact failure and provides enough
/// This structure provides specific details about the memory error that was detected. It provides
/// enough information so that consumers can identify the exact failure and provides enough
/// information to enable corrective action if necessary.
///
typedef struct {
@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
/// sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_EXTENDED_ERROR_DATA) - HeaderSize, and
/// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
/// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
@ -521,18 +521,18 @@ typedef struct {
///
EFI_MEMORY_ERROR_GRANULARITY Granularity;
///
/// The operation that resulted in the error being detected.
/// The operation that resulted in the error being detected.
///
EFI_MEMORY_ERROR_OPERATION Operation;
///
/// The error syndrome, vendor-specific ECC syndrome, or CRC data associated with
/// The error syndrome, vendor-specific ECC syndrome, or CRC data associated with
/// the error. If unknown, should be initialized to 0.
/// Inconsistent with specification here:
/// Inconsistent with specification here:
/// This field in StatusCodes spec0.9 is defined as UINT32, keep code unchanged.
///
UINTN Syndrome;
///
/// The physical address of the error.
/// The physical address of the error.
///
EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Address;
///
@ -543,31 +543,31 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// A definition to describe that the operation is performed on multiple devices within the array.
/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
///
#define EFI_MULTIPLE_MEMORY_DEVICE_OPERATION 0xfffe
///
/// A definition to describe that the operation is performed on all devices within the array.
/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
///
#define EFI_ALL_MEMORY_DEVICE_OPERATION 0xffff
///
/// A definition to describe that the operation is performed on multiple arrays.
/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
///
#define EFI_MULTIPLE_MEMORY_ARRAY_OPERATION 0xfffe
///
/// A definition to describe that the operation is performed on all the arrays.
/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
/// May be used for EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Array and EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER.Device.
///
#define EFI_ALL_MEMORY_ARRAY_OPERATION 0xffff
///
/// This extended data provides some context that consumers can use to locate a DIMM within the
/// overall memory scheme.
/// This extended data provides some context that consumers can use to locate a DIMM within the
/// overall memory scheme.
///
/// This extended data provides some context that consumers can use to locate a DIMM within the
/// overall memory scheme. The Array and Device numbers may indicate a specific DIMM, or they
@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// This structure defines extended data describing memory modules that do not match.
///
/// This extended data may be used to convey the specifics of memory modules that do not match.
///
///
typedef struct {
///
/// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
/// The instance number of the memory module that does not match.
/// The instance number of the memory module that does not match.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DIMM_NUMBER Instance;
} EFI_MEMORY_MODULE_MISMATCH_ERROR_DATA;
@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// This structure defines extended data describing a memory range.
///
/// This extended data may be used to convey the specifics of a memory range. Ranges are specified
/// This extended data may be used to convey the specifics of a memory range. Ranges are specified
/// with a start address and a length.
///
typedef struct {
@ -622,11 +622,11 @@ typedef struct {
/// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
/// sizeof (EFI_MEMORY_RANGE_EXTENDED_DATA) - HeaderSize, and
/// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
/// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
/// The starting address of the memory range.
/// The starting address of the memory range.
///
EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS Start;
///
@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
/// sizeof (EFI_DEBUG_ASSERT_DATA) - HeaderSize , and
/// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
///
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
/// The line number of the source file where the fault was generated.
@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
UINT32 FileNameSize;
///
/// A pointer to a NULL-terminated ASCII or Unicode string that represents
/// A pointer to a NULL-terminated ASCII or Unicode string that represents
/// the file name of the source file where the fault was generated.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_STRING_DATA *FileName;
@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ typedef union {
/// EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64 is defined in the
/// EFI_DEBUG_SUPPORT_PROTOCOL in the UEFI Specification.
///
EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64 SystemContextX64;
EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_X64 SystemContextX64;
///
/// The context of the ARM processor when the exception was generated. Type
/// EFI_SYSTEM_CONTEXT_ARM is defined in the
@ -713,11 +713,11 @@ typedef struct {
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_EXCEP_EXTENDED_DATA) - HeaderSize,
/// and DataHeader.Type should be
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
/// The system context.
/// The system context.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_EXCEP_SYSTEM_CONTEXT Context;
} EFI_STATUS_CODE_EXCEP_EXTENDED_DATA;
@ -729,33 +729,33 @@ typedef struct {
/// the UEFI Driver Binding Protocol.
///
typedef struct {
///
///
/// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_START_EXTENDED_DATA) - HeaderSize,
/// and DataHeader.Type should be
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
/// EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
/// The controller handle.
/// The controller handle.
///
EFI_HANDLE ControllerHandle;
///
/// The driver binding handle.
///
EFI_HANDLE DriverBindingHandle;
///
/// The size of the RemainingDevicePath. It is zero if the Start() function is
///
/// The size of the RemainingDevicePath. It is zero if the Start() function is
/// called with RemainingDevicePath = NULL. The UEFI Specification allows
/// that the Start() function of bus drivers can be called in this way.
///
UINT16 DevicePathSize;
///
/// Matches the RemainingDevicePath parameter being passed to the Start() function.
/// Note that this parameter is the variable-length device path and not a pointer
/// Matches the RemainingDevicePath parameter being passed to the Start() function.
/// Note that this parameter is the variable-length device path and not a pointer
/// to the device path.
///
///
// EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL RemainingDevicePath;
} EFI_STATUS_CODE_START_EXTENDED_DATA;
@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// The data header identifying the data. DataHeader.HeaderSize should be
/// sizeof (EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA), DataHeader.Size should be
/// sizeof (EFI_LEGACY_OPROM_EXTENDED_DATA) - HeaderSize, and
/// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
/// DataHeader.Type should be EFI_STATUS_CODE_SPECIFIC_DATA_GUID.
///
EFI_STATUS_CODE_DATA DataHeader;
///
@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
EFI_HANDLE DeviceHandle;
///
/// The base address of the shadowed legacy ROM image. May or may not point to the shadow RAM area.
/// The base address of the shadowed legacy ROM image. May or may not point to the shadow RAM area.
///
EFI_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS RomImageBase;
} EFI_LEGACY_OPROM_EXTENDED_DATA;

16
MdePkg/Include/Guid/VectorHandoffTable.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
GUID for system configuration table entry that points to the table
in case an entity in DXE wishes to update/change the vector table contents.
in case an entity in DXE wishes to update/change the vector table contents.
Copyright (c) 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2013 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@par Revision Reference:
GUID defined in PI 1.2.1 spec.

40
MdePkg/Include/Ia32/ProcessorBind.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Processor or Compiler specific defines and types for IA-32 architecture.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -100,17 +100,17 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
//
//
// This warning is for potentially uninitialized local variable, and it may cause false
// This warning is for potentially uninitialized local variable, and it may cause false
// positive issues in VS2013 and VS2015 build
//
#pragma warning ( disable : 4701 )
//
// This warning is for potentially uninitialized local pointer variable, and it may cause
// This warning is for potentially uninitialized local pointer variable, and it may cause
// false positive issues in VS2013 and VS2015 build
//
#pragma warning ( disable : 4703 )
#endif
#endif
@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/// 1-byte signed value.
///
typedef signed char INT8;
#else
#else
///
/// 8-byte unsigned value.
///
@ -280,17 +280,17 @@ typedef INT32 INTN;
#elif defined(_MSC_EXTENSIONS)
///
/// Microsoft* compiler specific method for EFIAPI calling convention.
///
#define EFIAPI __cdecl
///
#define EFIAPI __cdecl
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
///
/// GCC specific method for EFIAPI calling convention.
///
#define EFIAPI __attribute__((cdecl))
///
#define EFIAPI __attribute__((cdecl))
#else
///
/// The default for a non Microsoft* or GCC compiler is to assume the EFI ABI
/// is the standard.
/// is the standard.
///
#define EFIAPI
#endif
@ -305,13 +305,13 @@ typedef INT32 INTN;
/**
Return the pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
On IA-32 CPU architectures, these two pointer values are the same,
On IA-32 CPU architectures, these two pointer values are the same,
so the implementation of this macro is very simple.
@param FunctionPointer A pointer to a function.
@return The pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
**/
#define FUNCTION_ENTRY_POINT(FunctionPointer) (VOID *)(UINTN)(FunctionPointer)

20
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi10.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI 1.0b definitions from the ACPI Specification, revision 1.0b
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _ACPI_1_0_H_
@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define EFI_ACPI_DMA_SPEED_TYPE_A 0x20
#define EFI_ACPI_DMA_SPEED_TYPE_B 0x40
#define EFI_ACPI_DMA_SPEED_TYPE_F 0x60
#define EFI_ACPI_DMA_BUS_MASTER_MASK 0x04
#define EFI_ACPI_DMA_BUS_MASTER 0x04
@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Root System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
//

20
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi20.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI 2.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification, revision 2.0
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _ACPI_2_0_H_
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Root System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
//
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Extended System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
//

22
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi30.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI 3.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 3.0b October 10, 2006
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _ACPI_3_0_H_
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Root System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
//
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Extended System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
//
@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
///
#define EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
#define EFI_ACPI_3_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
///
/// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

22
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi40.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI 4.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 4.0a April 5, 2010
Copyright (c) 2010 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2010 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _ACPI_4_0_H_
@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Root System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
//
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Extended System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
//
@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
///
#define EFI_ACPI_4_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
#define EFI_ACPI_4_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
///
/// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

22
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi50.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI 5.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 5.0a November 13, 2013.
Copyright (c) 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _ACPI_5_0_H_
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Root System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
//
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Extended System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
//
@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
///
#define EFI_ACPI_5_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
#define EFI_ACPI_5_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
///
/// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

24
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi51.h
View File

@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI 5.1 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 5.1 Errata B January, 2016.
Copyright (c) 2014 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2014 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2014 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _ACPI_5_1_H_
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Root System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
//
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Extended System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
//
@ -1874,7 +1874,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT8 CommandComplete:1;
UINT8 SciDoorbell:1;
UINT8 Error:1;
UINT8 PlatformNotification:1;
UINT8 PlatformNotification:1;
UINT8 Reserved:4;
UINT8 Reserved1;
} EFI_ACPI_5_1_PCCT_GENERIC_SHARED_MEMORY_REGION_STATUS;
@ -1892,7 +1892,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
///
#define EFI_ACPI_5_1_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
#define EFI_ACPI_5_1_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
///
/// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

24
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi60.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI 6.0 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 6.0 Errata A January, 2016.
Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015-2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _ACPI_6_0_H_
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Root System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
//
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Extended System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
//
@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT8 CommandComplete:1;
UINT8 SciDoorbell:1;
UINT8 Error:1;
UINT8 PlatformNotification:1;
UINT8 PlatformNotification:1;
UINT8 Reserved:4;
UINT8 Reserved1;
} EFI_ACPI_6_0_PCCT_GENERIC_SHARED_MEMORY_REGION_STATUS;
@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
///
#define EFI_ACPI_6_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
#define EFI_ACPI_6_0_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
///
/// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

24
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Acpi61.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI 6.1 definitions from the ACPI Specification Revision 6.1 January, 2016.
Copyright (c) 2016 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _ACPI_6_1_H_
@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Root System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT32 table pointers.
//
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Extended System Description Table
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// No definition needed as it is a common description table header, the same with
// EFI_ACPI_DESCRIPTION_HEADER, followed by a variable number of UINT64 table pointers.
//
@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT8 CommandComplete:1;
UINT8 SciDoorbell:1;
UINT8 Error:1;
UINT8 PlatformNotification:1;
UINT8 PlatformNotification:1;
UINT8 Reserved:4;
UINT8 Reserved1;
} EFI_ACPI_6_1_PCCT_GENERIC_SHARED_MEMORY_REGION_STATUS;
@ -2157,7 +2157,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// "RSD PTR " Root System Description Pointer
///
#define EFI_ACPI_6_1_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
#define EFI_ACPI_6_1_ROOT_SYSTEM_DESCRIPTION_POINTER_SIGNATURE SIGNATURE_64('R', 'S', 'D', ' ', 'P', 'T', 'R', ' ')
///
/// "APIC" Multiple APIC Description Table

20
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/AlertStandardFormatTable.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI Alert Standard Format Description Table ASF! as described in the ASF2.0 Specification
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _ALERT_STANDARD_FORMAT_TABLE_H_
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ typedef struct {
} EFI_ACPI_ASF_RECORD_HEADER;
///
/// This structure contains information that identifies the system's type
/// This structure contains information that identifies the system's type
/// and configuration
///
typedef struct {
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT8 DeviceAddress;
UINT8 Command;
UINT8 DataValue;
} EFI_ACPI_ASF_CONTROLDATA;
} EFI_ACPI_ASF_CONTROLDATA;
///
/// Alert Remote Control System Actions

332
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Atapi.h
View File

@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
This file contains just some basic definitions that are needed by drivers
that dealing with ATA/ATAPI interface.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -21,59 +21,59 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
///
/// ATA5_IDENTIFY_DATA is defined in ATA-5.
/// (This structure is provided mainly for backward-compatibility support.
/// Old drivers may reference fields that are marked "obsolete" in
/// ATA_IDENTIFY_DATA, which currently conforms to ATA-8.)
/// Old drivers may reference fields that are marked "obsolete" in
/// ATA_IDENTIFY_DATA, which currently conforms to ATA-8.)
///
typedef struct {
typedef struct {
UINT16 config; ///< General Configuration.
UINT16 cylinders; ///< Number of Cylinders.
UINT16 reserved_2;
UINT16 heads; ///< Number of logical heads.
UINT16 vendor_data1;
UINT16 vendor_data2;
UINT16 sectors_per_track;
UINT16 vendor_specific_7_9[3];
CHAR8 SerialNo[20]; ///< ASCII
UINT16 vendor_specific_20_21[2];
UINT16 ecc_bytes_available;
CHAR8 FirmwareVer[8]; ///< ASCII
CHAR8 ModelName[40]; ///< ASCII
UINT16 multi_sector_cmd_max_sct_cnt;
UINT16 reserved_48;
UINT16 capabilities;
UINT16 reserved_50;
UINT16 pio_cycle_timing;
UINT16 reserved_52;
UINT16 field_validity;
UINT16 current_cylinders;
UINT16 current_heads;
UINT16 current_sectors;
UINT16 CurrentCapacityLsb;
UINT16 CurrentCapacityMsb;
UINT16 reserved_59;
UINT16 user_addressable_sectors_lo;
UINT16 user_addressable_sectors_hi;
UINT16 reserved_62;
UINT16 multi_word_dma_mode;
UINT16 advanced_pio_modes;
UINT16 min_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
UINT16 rec_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
UINT16 min_pio_cycle_time_without_flow_control;
UINT16 min_pio_cycle_time_with_flow_control;
UINT16 reserved_69_79[11];
UINT16 major_version_no;
UINT16 minor_version_no;
UINT16 command_set_supported_82; ///< word 82
UINT16 command_set_supported_83; ///< word 83
UINT16 command_set_feature_extn; ///< word 84
UINT16 command_set_feature_enb_85; ///< word 85
UINT16 command_set_feature_enb_86; ///< word 86
UINT16 command_set_feature_default; ///< word 87
UINT16 ultra_dma_mode; ///< word 88
UINT16 reserved_89_127[39];
UINT16 security_status;
UINT16 vendor_data_129_159[31];
UINT16 reserved_160_255[96];
UINT16 reserved_2;
UINT16 heads; ///< Number of logical heads.
UINT16 vendor_data1;
UINT16 vendor_data2;
UINT16 sectors_per_track;
UINT16 vendor_specific_7_9[3];
CHAR8 SerialNo[20]; ///< ASCII
UINT16 vendor_specific_20_21[2];
UINT16 ecc_bytes_available;
CHAR8 FirmwareVer[8]; ///< ASCII
CHAR8 ModelName[40]; ///< ASCII
UINT16 multi_sector_cmd_max_sct_cnt;
UINT16 reserved_48;
UINT16 capabilities;
UINT16 reserved_50;
UINT16 pio_cycle_timing;
UINT16 reserved_52;
UINT16 field_validity;
UINT16 current_cylinders;
UINT16 current_heads;
UINT16 current_sectors;
UINT16 CurrentCapacityLsb;
UINT16 CurrentCapacityMsb;
UINT16 reserved_59;
UINT16 user_addressable_sectors_lo;
UINT16 user_addressable_sectors_hi;
UINT16 reserved_62;
UINT16 multi_word_dma_mode;
UINT16 advanced_pio_modes;
UINT16 min_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
UINT16 rec_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
UINT16 min_pio_cycle_time_without_flow_control;
UINT16 min_pio_cycle_time_with_flow_control;
UINT16 reserved_69_79[11];
UINT16 major_version_no;
UINT16 minor_version_no;
UINT16 command_set_supported_82; ///< word 82
UINT16 command_set_supported_83; ///< word 83
UINT16 command_set_feature_extn; ///< word 84
UINT16 command_set_feature_enb_85; ///< word 85
UINT16 command_set_feature_enb_86; ///< word 86
UINT16 command_set_feature_default; ///< word 87
UINT16 ultra_dma_mode; ///< word 88
UINT16 reserved_89_127[39];
UINT16 security_status;
UINT16 vendor_data_129_159[31];
UINT16 reserved_160_255[96];
} ATA5_IDENTIFY_DATA;
///
@ -86,50 +86,50 @@ typedef struct {
UINT16 obsolete_1;
UINT16 specific_config; ///< Specific Configuration.
UINT16 obsolete_3;
UINT16 retired_4_5[2];
UINT16 retired_4_5[2];
UINT16 obsolete_6;
UINT16 cfa_reserved_7_8[2];
UINT16 retired_9;
UINT16 retired_9;
CHAR8 SerialNo[20]; ///< word 10~19
UINT16 retired_20_21[2];
UINT16 obsolete_22;
UINT16 retired_20_21[2];
UINT16 obsolete_22;
CHAR8 FirmwareVer[8]; ///< word 23~26
CHAR8 ModelName[40]; ///< word 27~46
UINT16 multi_sector_cmd_max_sct_cnt;
UINT16 trusted_computing_support;
UINT16 trusted_computing_support;
UINT16 capabilities_49;
UINT16 capabilities_50;
UINT16 obsolete_51_52[2];
UINT16 field_validity;
UINT16 obsolete_54_58[5];
UINT16 obsolete_51_52[2];
UINT16 field_validity;
UINT16 obsolete_54_58[5];
UINT16 multi_sector_setting;
UINT16 user_addressable_sectors_lo;
UINT16 user_addressable_sectors_hi;
UINT16 obsolete_62;
UINT16 multi_word_dma_mode;
UINT16 advanced_pio_modes;
UINT16 min_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
UINT16 rec_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
UINT16 min_pio_cycle_time_without_flow_control;
UINT16 min_pio_cycle_time_with_flow_control;
UINT16 user_addressable_sectors_lo;
UINT16 user_addressable_sectors_hi;
UINT16 obsolete_62;
UINT16 multi_word_dma_mode;
UINT16 advanced_pio_modes;
UINT16 min_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
UINT16 rec_multi_word_dma_cycle_time;
UINT16 min_pio_cycle_time_without_flow_control;
UINT16 min_pio_cycle_time_with_flow_control;
UINT16 additional_supported; ///< word 69
UINT16 reserved_70;
UINT16 reserved_71_74[4]; ///< Reserved for IDENTIFY PACKET DEVICE cmd.
UINT16 queue_depth;
UINT16 queue_depth;
UINT16 serial_ata_capabilities;
UINT16 reserved_77; ///< Reserved for Serial ATA
UINT16 serial_ata_features_supported;
UINT16 serial_ata_features_enabled;
UINT16 major_version_no;
UINT16 minor_version_no;
UINT16 major_version_no;
UINT16 minor_version_no;
UINT16 command_set_supported_82; ///< word 82
UINT16 command_set_supported_83; ///< word 83
UINT16 command_set_feature_extn; ///< word 84
UINT16 command_set_feature_enb_85; ///< word 85
UINT16 command_set_feature_enb_86; ///< word 86
UINT16 command_set_feature_default; ///< word 87
UINT16 ultra_dma_mode; ///< word 88
UINT16 time_for_security_erase_unit;
UINT16 ultra_dma_mode; ///< word 88
UINT16 time_for_security_erase_unit;
UINT16 time_for_enhanced_security_erase_unit;
UINT16 advanced_power_management_level;
UINT16 master_password_identifier;
@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT16 reserved_121_126[6];
UINT16 obsolete_127;
UINT16 security_status; ///< word 128
UINT16 vendor_specific_129_159[31];
UINT16 vendor_specific_129_159[31];
UINT16 cfa_power_mode; ///< word 160
UINT16 reserved_for_compactflash_161_167[7];
UINT16 device_nominal_form_factor;
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT16 reserved_95_107[13];
UINT16 world_wide_name[4]; ///< word 108~111
UINT16 reserved_for_128bit_wwn_112_115[4];
UINT16 reserved_116_118[3];
UINT16 reserved_116_118[3];
UINT16 command_and_feature_sets_supported; ///< word 119
UINT16 command_and_feature_sets_supported_enabled;
UINT16 reserved_121_124[4];
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// ATAPI_PACKET_COMMAND is not defined in the ATA specification.
/// We add it here for the convenience of ATA/ATAPI module writers.
/// We add it here for the convenience of ATA/ATAPI module writers.
///
typedef union {
UINT16 Data16[6];
@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ typedef union {
#define ATAPI_MAX_DMA_CMD_SECTORS 0x100
// ATA/ATAPI Signature equates
#define ATA_SIGNATURE 0x0101 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SIGNATURE 0x0101 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATAPI_SIGNATURE 0xeb14 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATAPI_SIGNATURE_32 0xeb140101 ///< defined in ACS-3
@ -521,11 +521,11 @@ typedef union {
#define ATA_CMD_GET_CONFIGURATION 0x46 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_ALL 0x00 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_CURRENT 0x01 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_SINGLE 0x02 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_RESERVED 0x03 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_SINGLE 0x02 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_GCCD_RT_FIELD_VALUE_RESERVED 0x03 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_PROFILE_LIST 0x0000 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_CORE 0x0001 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_CORE 0x0001 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_MORPHING 0x0002 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_REMOVEABLE_MEDIUM 0x0003 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
#define ATA_FEATURE_LIST_WRITE_PROTECT 0x0004 ///< defined in ATAPI Multimedia Devices
@ -549,33 +549,33 @@ typedef union {
//
#define ATA_CMD_IDENTIFY_DRIVE 0xec ///< defined from ATA-3
#define ATA_CMD_READ_BUFFER 0xe4 ///< defined from ATA-1
#define ATA_CMD_READ_SECTORS 0x20 ///< defined from ATA-1
#define ATA_CMD_READ_SECTORS 0x20 ///< defined from ATA-1
#define ATA_CMD_READ_SECTORS_WITH_RETRY 0x21 ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
#define ATA_CMD_READ_LONG 0x22 ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
#define ATA_CMD_READ_LONG_WITH_RETRY 0x23 ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
#define ATA_CMD_READ_SECTORS_EXT 0x24 ///< defined from ATA-6
#define ATA_CMD_READ_MULTIPLE 0xc4 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_READ_MULTIPLE_EXT 0x29 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_READ_LOG_EXT 0x2f ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_READ_MULTIPLE 0xc4 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_READ_MULTIPLE_EXT 0x29 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_READ_LOG_EXT 0x2f ///< defined in ACS-3
//
// Class 2: PIO Data-Out Commands
//
#define ATA_CMD_FORMAT_TRACK 0x50 ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_BUFFER 0xe8 ///< defined from ATA-1
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_BUFFER 0xe8 ///< defined from ATA-1
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_SECTORS 0x30 ///< defined from ATA-1
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_SECTORS_WITH_RETRY 0x31 ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_LONG 0x32 ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_LONG_WITH_RETRY 0x33 ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_VERIFY 0x3c ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_SECTORS_EXT 0x34 ///< defined from ATA-6
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_MULTIPLE 0xc5 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_EXT 0x39 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_MULTIPLE 0xc5 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_EXT 0x39 ///< defined in ACS-3
//
// Class 3 No Data Command
//
#define ATA_CMD_ACK_MEDIA_CHANGE 0xdb ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
#define ATA_CMD_ACK_MEDIA_CHANGE 0xdb ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-5
#define ATA_CMD_BOOT_POST_BOOT 0xdc ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-3
#define ATA_CMD_BOOT_PRE_BOOT 0xdd ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-3
#define ATA_CMD_CHECK_POWER_MODE 0x98 ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4
@ -599,39 +599,39 @@ typedef union {
#define ATA_CMD_STANDBY_ALIAS 0xe2 ///< defined from ATA-1
#define ATA_CMD_STANDBY_IMMEDIATE 0x94 ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4
#define ATA_CMD_STANDBY_IMMEDIATE_ALIAS 0xe0 ///< defined from ATA-1
#define ATA_CMD_SLEEP 0xe6 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_READ_NATIVE_MAX_ADDRESS 0xf8 ///< defined in ATA-6
#define ATA_CMD_READ_NATIVE_MAX_ADDRESS_EXT 0x27 ///< defined in ATA-6
#define ATA_CMD_SLEEP 0xe6 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_READ_NATIVE_MAX_ADDRESS 0xf8 ///< defined in ATA-6
#define ATA_CMD_READ_NATIVE_MAX_ADDRESS_EXT 0x27 ///< defined in ATA-6
//
// Set Features Sub Command
//
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE 0x02 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_SET_TRANSFER_MODE 0x03 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_APM 0x05 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_PUIS 0x06 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_PUIS_SET_DEVICE_SPINUP 0x07 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_WRITE_READ_VERIFY 0x0b ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_SATA_FEATURE 0x10 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_MEDIA_STATUS_NOTIFICATION 0x31 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_FREE_FALL_CONTROL 0x41 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ACOUSTIC_MANAGEMENT_ENABLE 0x42 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_SET_MAX_HOST_INTERFACE_SECTOR_TIMES 0x43 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EXTENDED_POWER_CONDITIONS 0x4a ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_READ_LOOK_AHEAD 0x55 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EN_DIS_DSN_FEATURE 0x63 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_REVERT_TO_POWER_ON_DEFAULTS 0x66 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE 0x82 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_APM 0x85 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_PUIS 0x86 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_WRITE_READ_VERIFY 0x8b ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_SATA_FEATURE 0x90 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_MEDIA_STATUS_NOTIFICATION 0x95 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_READ_LOOK_AHEAD 0xaa ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_FREE_FALL_CONTROL 0xc1 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ACOUSTIC_MANAGEMENT_DISABLE 0xc2 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EN_DIS_SENSE_DATA_REPORTING 0xc3 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_REVERT_TO_POWER_ON_DEFAULTS 0xcc ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE 0x02 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_SET_TRANSFER_MODE 0x03 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_APM 0x05 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_PUIS 0x06 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_PUIS_SET_DEVICE_SPINUP 0x07 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_WRITE_READ_VERIFY 0x0b ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_SATA_FEATURE 0x10 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_MEDIA_STATUS_NOTIFICATION 0x31 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_FREE_FALL_CONTROL 0x41 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ACOUSTIC_MANAGEMENT_ENABLE 0x42 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_SET_MAX_HOST_INTERFACE_SECTOR_TIMES 0x43 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EXTENDED_POWER_CONDITIONS 0x4a ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_READ_LOOK_AHEAD 0x55 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EN_DIS_DSN_FEATURE 0x63 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_REVERT_TO_POWER_ON_DEFAULTS 0x66 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_VOLATILE_WRITE_CACHE 0x82 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_APM 0x85 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_PUIS 0x86 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_WRITE_READ_VERIFY 0x8b ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_SATA_FEATURE 0x90 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_MEDIA_STATUS_NOTIFICATION 0x95 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_READ_LOOK_AHEAD 0xaa ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_DISABLE_FREE_FALL_CONTROL 0xc1 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ACOUSTIC_MANAGEMENT_DISABLE 0xc2 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_EN_DIS_SENSE_DATA_REPORTING 0xc3 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SUB_CMD_ENABLE_REVERT_TO_POWER_ON_DEFAULTS 0xcc ///< defined in ACS-3
//
// S.M.A.R.T
@ -640,13 +640,13 @@ typedef union {
#define ATA_CONSTANT_C2 0xc2 ///< reserved
#define ATA_CONSTANT_4F 0x4f ///< reserved
#define ATA_SMART_READ_DATA 0xd0 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_READ_DATA 0xd0 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_AUTOSAVE 0xd2 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_AUTOSAVE 0xd2 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_AUTOSAVE_DISABLE_ATTR 0x00
#define ATA_AUTOSAVE_ENABLE_ATTR 0xf1
#define ATA_SMART_EXECUTE_OFFLINE_IMMEDIATE 0xd4 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_EXECUTE_OFFLINE_IMMEDIATE 0xd4 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_OFFLINE_ROUTINE 0x00 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_OFFLINE_SHORT_SELFTEST 0x01 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_OFFLINE_EXTENDED_SELFTEST 0x02 ///< defined in ACS-3
@ -658,25 +658,25 @@ typedef union {
#define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_CAPTIVE_CONVEYANCE_SELFTEST 0x83 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_EXECUTE_SMART_CAPTIVE_SELECTIVE_SELFTEST 0x84 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_READLOG 0xd5 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_WRITELOG 0xd6 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_READLOG 0xd5 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_WRITELOG 0xd6 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_ENABLE_OPERATION 0xd8 ///< reserved
#define ATA_SMART_DISABLE_OPERATION 0xd9 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_DISABLE_OPERATION 0xd9 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_RETURN_STATUS 0xda ///< defined from ATA-3
#define ATA_SMART_THRESHOLD_NOT_EXCEEDED_VALUE 0xc24f ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_THRESHOLD_EXCEEDED_VALUE 0x2cf4 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_THRESHOLD_NOT_EXCEEDED_VALUE 0xc24f ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_THRESHOLD_EXCEEDED_VALUE 0x2cf4 ///< defined in ACS-3
// SMART Log Definitions
#define ATA_SMART_LOG_DIRECTORY 0x00 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_SUM_SMART_ERROR_LOG 0x01 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_COMP_SMART_ERROR_LOG 0x02 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_EXT_COMP_SMART_ERROR_LOG 0x03 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_SMART_SELFTEST_LOG 0x06 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_EXT_SMART_SELFTEST_LOG 0x07 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_SELECTIVE_SELFTEST_LOG 0x09 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_HOST_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x80 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_DEVICE_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0xa0 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_LOG_DIRECTORY 0x00 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_SUM_SMART_ERROR_LOG 0x01 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_COMP_SMART_ERROR_LOG 0x02 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_EXT_COMP_SMART_ERROR_LOG 0x03 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_SMART_SELFTEST_LOG 0x06 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_EXT_SMART_SELFTEST_LOG 0x07 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_SELECTIVE_SELFTEST_LOG 0x09 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_HOST_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x80 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SMART_DEVICE_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0xa0 ///< defined in ACS-3
//
// Class 4: DMA Command
@ -687,18 +687,18 @@ typedef union {
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_DMA 0xca ///< defined from ATA-1
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_DMA_WITH_RETRY 0xcb ///< defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-
#define ATA_CMD_WRITE_DMA_EXT 0x35 ///< defined from ATA-6
//
// ATA Security commands
//
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_SET_PASSWORD 0xf1 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_UNLOCK 0xf2 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_ERASE_PREPARE 0xf3 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_ERASE_UNIT 0xf4 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_FREEZE_LOCK 0xf5 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_DISABLE_PASSWORD 0xf6 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_SET_PASSWORD 0xf1 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_UNLOCK 0xf2 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_ERASE_PREPARE 0xf3 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_ERASE_UNIT 0xf4 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_FREEZE_LOCK 0xf5 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_SECURITY_DISABLE_PASSWORD 0xf6 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SECURITY_BUFFER_LENGTH 512 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_SECURITY_BUFFER_LENGTH 512 ///< defined in ACS-3
//
// ATA Device Config Overlay
@ -712,19 +712,19 @@ typedef union {
//
// ATA Trusted Computing Feature Set Commands
//
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_NON_DATA 0x5b ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_RECEIVE 0x5c ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_RECEIVE_DMA 0x5d ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_SEND 0x5e ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_SEND_DMA 0x5f ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_NON_DATA 0x5b ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_RECEIVE 0x5c ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_RECEIVE_DMA 0x5d ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_SEND 0x5e ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_TRUSTED_SEND_DMA 0x5f ///< defined in ACS-3
//
// ATA Trusted Receive Fields
//
#define ATA_TR_RETURN_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION 0x00 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_JEDEC_RESERVED 0xec ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_SDCARD_RESERVED 0xed ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_IEEE1667_RESERVED 0xee ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_TR_RETURN_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_INFORMATION 0x00 ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_JEDEC_RESERVED 0xec ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_SDCARD_RESERVED 0xed ///< defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_TR_SECURITY_PROTOCOL_IEEE1667_RESERVED 0xee ///< defined in ACS-3
//
// Equates used for Acoustic Flags
@ -732,18 +732,18 @@ typedef union {
#define ATA_ACOUSTIC_LEVEL_BYPASS 0xff ///< defined from ATA-6
#define ATA_ACOUSTIC_LEVEL_MAXIMUM_PERFORMANCE 0xfe ///< defined from ATA-6
#define ATA_ACOUSTIC_LEVEL_QUIET 0x80 ///< defined from ATA-6
//
// Equates used for DiPM Support
//
#define ATA_CMD_DIPM_SUB 0x03 // defined in ACS-3 : Count value in SetFeature identification : 03h Device-initiated interface power state transitions
#define ATA_DIPM_ENABLE 0x10 // defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_DIPM_DISABLE 0x90 // defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_CMD_DIPM_SUB 0x03 // defined in ACS-3 : Count value in SetFeature identification : 03h Device-initiated interface power state transitions
#define ATA_DIPM_ENABLE 0x10 // defined in ACS-3
#define ATA_DIPM_DISABLE 0x90 // defined in ACS-3
//
// Equates used for DevSleep Support
//
#define ATA_CMD_DEVSLEEP_SUB 0x09 // defined in SATA 3.2 Gold Spec : Count value in SetFeature identification : 09h Device Sleep
#define ATA_CMD_DEVSLEEP_SUB 0x09 // defined in SATA 3.2 Gold Spec : Count value in SetFeature identification : 09h Device Sleep
#define ATA_DEVSLEEP_ENABLE 0x10 // defined in SATA 3.2 Gold Spec
#define ATA_DEVSLEEP_DISABLE 0x90 // defined in SATA 3.2 Gold Spec
@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ typedef union {
/// Default content of device control register, disable INT,
/// Bit3 is set to 1 according ATA-1
///
#define ATA_DEFAULT_CTL (0x0a)
#define ATA_DEFAULT_CTL (0x0a)
///
/// Default context of Device/Head Register,
/// Bit7 and Bit5 are set to 1 for back-compatibilities.
@ -778,9 +778,9 @@ typedef union {
//
// Sense Key, Additional Sense Codes and Additional Sense Code Qualifier
// defined in MultiMedia Commands (MMC, MMC-2)
// defined in MultiMedia Commands (MMC, MMC-2)
//
// Sense Key
// Sense Key
//
#define ATA_SK_NO_SENSE (0x0)
#define ATA_SK_RECOVERY_ERROR (0x1)
@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ typedef union {
//
// Error Register
//
//
#define ATA_ERRREG_BBK BIT7 ///< Bad block detected defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-2
#define ATA_ERRREG_UNC BIT6 ///< Uncorrectable Data defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4
#define ATA_ERRREG_MC BIT5 ///< Media Change defined from ATA-1, obsoleted from ATA-4

6
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/DebugPort2Table.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
/** @file
ACPI debug port 2 table definition, defined at
/** @file
ACPI debug port 2 table definition, defined at
Microsoft DebugPort2Specification.
Copyright (c) 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2012 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2012 - 2016, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License

6
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/DebugPortTable.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
/** @file
ACPI debug port table definition, defined at
/** @file
ACPI debug port table definition, defined at
Microsoft DebugPortSpecification.
Copyright (c) 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2012 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at

54
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/ElTorito.h
View File

@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
/** @file
ElTorito Partitions Format Definition.
This file includes some defintions from
ElTorito Partitions Format Definition.
This file includes some defintions from
1. "El Torito" Bootable CD-ROM Format Specification, Version 1.0.
2. Volume and File Structure of CDROM for Information Interchange,
2. Volume and File Structure of CDROM for Information Interchange,
Standard ECMA-119. (IS0 9660)
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#pragma pack(1)
///
///
/// CD-ROM Volume Descriptor
///
typedef union {
///
typedef union {
struct {
UINT8 Type;
CHAR8 Id[5]; ///< "CD001"
UINT8 Type;
CHAR8 Id[5]; ///< "CD001"
CHAR8 Reserved[82];
} Unknown;
@ -72,29 +72,29 @@ typedef union {
///
struct {
UINT8 Type; ///< Must be 0
CHAR8 Id[5]; ///< "CD001"
UINT8 Version; ///< Must be 1
CHAR8 SystemId[32]; ///< "EL TORITO SPECIFICATION"
CHAR8 Unused[32]; ///< Must be 0
CHAR8 Id[5]; ///< "CD001"
UINT8 Version; ///< Must be 1
CHAR8 SystemId[32]; ///< "EL TORITO SPECIFICATION"
CHAR8 Unused[32]; ///< Must be 0
UINT8 EltCatalog[4]; ///< Absolute pointer to first sector of Boot Catalog
CHAR8 Unused2[13]; ///< Must be 0
} BootRecordVolume;
///
/// Primary Volumn Descriptor, defined in ISO 9660.
///
struct {
UINT8 Type;
UINT8 Type;
CHAR8 Id[5]; ///< "CD001"
UINT8 Version;
UINT8 Version;
UINT8 Unused; ///< Must be 0
CHAR8 SystemId[32];
CHAR8 VolumeId[32];
UINT8 Unused2[8]; ///< Must be 0
CHAR8 SystemId[32];
CHAR8 VolumeId[32];
UINT8 Unused2[8]; ///< Must be 0
UINT32 VolSpaceSize[2]; ///< the number of Logical Blocks
} PrimaryVolume;
} CDROM_VOLUME_DESCRIPTOR;
} CDROM_VOLUME_DESCRIPTOR;
///
/// Catalog Entry

16
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/HighPrecisionEventTimerTable.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
ACPI high precision event timer table definition, at www.intel.com
Specification name is IA-PC HPET (High Precision Event Timers) Specification.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _HIGH_PRECISION_EVENT_TIMER_TABLE_H_

6
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Hsti.h
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
Support for HSTI 1.1a specification, defined at
Microsoft Hardware Security Testability Specification.
Copyright (c) 2015 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_PLATFORM_REFERENCE 0x00000001 // IHV
#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_PLATFORM_IBV 0x00000002
#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_IMPLEMENTOR_OEM 0x00000003
#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_IMPLEMENTOR_ODM 0x00000004
#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_IMPLEMENTOR_OEM 0x00000003
#define PLATFORM_SECURITY_ROLE_IMPLEMENTOR_ODM 0x00000004
typedef struct {
//

130
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Http11.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
/** @file
Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1 Standard definitions, from RFC 2616
Hypertext Transfer Protocol -- HTTP/1.1 Standard definitions, from RFC 2616
This file contains common HTTP 1.1 definitions from RFC 2616
This file contains common HTTP 1.1 definitions from RFC 2616
(C) Copyright 2015-2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
///
/// HTTP Version (currently HTTP 1.1)
///
///
/// The version of an HTTP message is indicated by an HTTP-Version field
/// in the first line of the message.
///
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
///
/// HTTP Request Method definitions
///
///
/// The Method token indicates the method to be performed on the
/// resource identified by the Request-URI. The method is case-sensitive.
///
@ -50,27 +50,27 @@
///
/// Accept Request Header
/// The Accept request-header field can be used to specify certain media types which are
/// acceptable for the response. Accept headers can be used to indicate that the request
/// is specifically limited to a small set of desired types, as in the case of a request
/// The Accept request-header field can be used to specify certain media types which are
/// acceptable for the response. Accept headers can be used to indicate that the request
/// is specifically limited to a small set of desired types, as in the case of a request
/// for an in-line image.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT "Accept"
///
///
/// Accept-Charset Request Header
/// The Accept-Charset request-header field can be used to indicate what character sets
/// are acceptable for the response. This field allows clients capable of understanding
/// more comprehensive or special-purpose character sets to signal that capability to a
/// The Accept-Charset request-header field can be used to indicate what character sets
/// are acceptable for the response. This field allows clients capable of understanding
/// more comprehensive or special-purpose character sets to signal that capability to a
/// server which is capable of representing documents in those character sets.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT_CHARSET "Accept-Charset"
///
///
/// Accept-Language Request Header
/// The Accept-Language request-header field is similar to Accept,
/// but restricts the set of natural languages that are preferred
/// The Accept-Language request-header field is similar to Accept,
/// but restricts the set of natural languages that are preferred
/// as a response to the request.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE "Accept-Language"
@ -83,39 +83,39 @@
#define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT_RANGES "Accept-Ranges"
///
///
/// Accept-Encoding Request Header
/// The Accept-Encoding request-header field is similar to Accept,
/// The Accept-Encoding request-header field is similar to Accept,
/// but restricts the content-codings that are acceptable in the response.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_ACCEPT_ENCODING "Accept-Encoding"
///
/// Content-Encoding Header
/// The Content-Encoding entity-header field is used as a modifier to the media-type.
/// When present, its value indicates what additional content codings have been applied
/// to the entity-body, and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied in order to
/// obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. Content-Encoding
/// is primarily used to allow a document to be compressed without losing the identity
/// The Content-Encoding entity-header field is used as a modifier to the media-type.
/// When present, its value indicates what additional content codings have been applied
/// to the entity-body, and thus what decoding mechanisms must be applied in order to
/// obtain the media-type referenced by the Content-Type header field. Content-Encoding
/// is primarily used to allow a document to be compressed without losing the identity
/// of its underlying media type.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_CONTENT_ENCODING "Content-Encoding"
///
///
/// HTTP Content-Encoding Compression types
///
#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_IDENTITY "identity" /// No transformation is used. This is the default value for content coding.
#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_GZIP "gzip" /// Content-Encoding: GNU zip format (described in RFC 1952).
#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_COMPRESS "compress" /// encoding format produced by the common UNIX file compression program "compress".
#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_DEFLATE "deflate" /// The "zlib" format defined in RFC 1950 in combination with the "deflate"
#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_COMPRESS "compress" /// encoding format produced by the common UNIX file compression program "compress".
#define HTTP_CONTENT_ENCODING_DEFLATE "deflate" /// The "zlib" format defined in RFC 1950 in combination with the "deflate"
/// compression mechanism described in RFC 1951.
///
/// Content-Type Header
/// The Content-Type entity-header field indicates the media type of the entity-body sent to
/// the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD method, the media type that would have been sent
/// The Content-Type entity-header field indicates the media type of the entity-body sent to
/// the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD method, the media type that would have been sent
/// had the request been a GET.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_CONTENT_TYPE "Content-Type"
@ -124,12 +124,12 @@
//
#define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_APP_JSON "application/json"
#define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_APP_OCTET_STREAM "application/octet-stream"
#define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_HTML "text/html"
#define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_PLAIN "text/plain"
#define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_CSS "text/css"
#define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_TEXT_XML "text/xml"
#define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_GIF "image/gif"
#define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_JPEG "image/jpeg"
#define HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE_IMAGE_PNG "image/png"
@ -138,17 +138,17 @@
///
/// Content-Length Header
/// The Content-Length entity-header field indicates the size of the entity-body,
/// in decimal number of OCTETs, sent to the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD
/// The Content-Length entity-header field indicates the size of the entity-body,
/// in decimal number of OCTETs, sent to the recipient or, in the case of the HEAD
/// method, the size of the entity-body that would have been sent had the request been a GET.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_CONTENT_LENGTH "Content-Length"
///
/// Transfer-Encoding Header
/// The Transfer-Encoding general-header field indicates what (if any) type of transformation
/// has been applied to the message body in order to safely transfer it between the sender
/// and the recipient. This differs from the content-coding in that the transfer-coding
/// The Transfer-Encoding general-header field indicates what (if any) type of transformation
/// has been applied to the message body in order to safely transfer it between the sender
/// and the recipient. This differs from the content-coding in that the transfer-coding
/// is a property of the message, not of the entity.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_TRANSFER_ENCODING "Transfer-Encoding"
@ -156,14 +156,14 @@
///
/// User Agent Request Header
///
/// The User-Agent request-header field contains information about the user agent originating
/// the request. This is for statistical purposes, the tracing of protocol violations, and
/// automated recognition of user agents for the sake of tailoring responses to avoid
/// particular user agent limitations. User agents SHOULD include this field with requests.
/// The field can contain multiple product tokens and comments identifying the agent and any
/// subproducts which form a significant part of the user agent.
/// By convention, the product tokens are listed in order of their significance for
///
/// The User-Agent request-header field contains information about the user agent originating
/// the request. This is for statistical purposes, the tracing of protocol violations, and
/// automated recognition of user agents for the sake of tailoring responses to avoid
/// particular user agent limitations. User agents SHOULD include this field with requests.
/// The field can contain multiple product tokens and comments identifying the agent and any
/// subproducts which form a significant part of the user agent.
/// By convention, the product tokens are listed in order of their significance for
/// identifying the application.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_USER_AGENT "User-Agent"
@ -171,49 +171,49 @@
///
/// Host Request Header
///
/// The Host request-header field specifies the Internet host and port number of the resource
/// being requested, as obtained from the original URI given by the user or referring resource
/// The Host request-header field specifies the Internet host and port number of the resource
/// being requested, as obtained from the original URI given by the user or referring resource
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_HOST "Host"
///
/// Location Response Header
///
/// The Location response-header field is used to redirect the recipient to a location other than
/// the Request-URI for completion of the request or identification of a new resource.
/// For 201 (Created) responses, the Location is that of the new resource which was created by
/// the request. For 3xx responses, the location SHOULD indicate the server's preferred URI for
///
/// The Location response-header field is used to redirect the recipient to a location other than
/// the Request-URI for completion of the request or identification of a new resource.
/// For 201 (Created) responses, the Location is that of the new resource which was created by
/// the request. For 3xx responses, the location SHOULD indicate the server's preferred URI for
/// automatic redirection to the resource. The field value consists of a single absolute URI.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_LOCATION "Location"
///
/// The If-Match request-header field is used with a method to make it conditional.
/// A client that has one or more entities previously obtained from the resource
/// can verify that one of those entities is current by including a list of their
/// associated entity tags in the If-Match header field.
/// The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient updates of cached information
/// with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also used, on updating requests,
/// to prevent inadvertent modification of the wrong version of a resource.
/// A client that has one or more entities previously obtained from the resource
/// can verify that one of those entities is current by including a list of their
/// associated entity tags in the If-Match header field.
/// The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient updates of cached information
/// with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also used, on updating requests,
/// to prevent inadvertent modification of the wrong version of a resource.
/// As a special case, the value "*" matches any current entity of the resource.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_IF_MATCH "If-Match"
///
/// The If-None-Match request-header field is used with a method to make it conditional.
/// A client that has one or more entities previously obtained from the resource can verify
/// that none of those entities is current by including a list of their associated entity
/// tags in the If-None-Match header field. The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient
/// updates of cached information with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also used
/// to prevent a method (e.g. PUT) from inadvertently modifying an existing resource when the
/// The If-None-Match request-header field is used with a method to make it conditional.
/// A client that has one or more entities previously obtained from the resource can verify
/// that none of those entities is current by including a list of their associated entity
/// tags in the If-None-Match header field. The purpose of this feature is to allow efficient
/// updates of cached information with a minimum amount of transaction overhead. It is also used
/// to prevent a method (e.g. PUT) from inadvertently modifying an existing resource when the
/// client believes that the resource does not exist.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_IF_NONE_MATCH "If-None-Match"
///
///
/// Authorization Request Header
/// The Authorization field value consists of credentials
/// containing the authentication information of the user agent for
@ -223,8 +223,8 @@
///
/// ETAG Response Header
/// The ETag response-header field provides the current value of the entity tag
/// for the requested variant.
/// The ETag response-header field provides the current value of the entity tag
/// for the requested variant.
///
#define HTTP_HEADER_ETAG "ETag"

26
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/IScsiBootFirmwareTable.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
The definition for iSCSI Boot Firmware Table, it's defined in Microsoft's
iSCSI Boot Firmware Table(iBFT) as Defined in ACPI 3.0b Specification.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
iSCSI Boot Firmware Table(iBFT) as Defined in ACPI 3.0b Specification.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ typedef struct {
} EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_HEADER;
///
/// Common Header of Boot Firmware Table Structure
/// Common Header of Boot Firmware Table Structure
///
typedef struct {
UINT8 StructureId;
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT16 NIC0Offset;
UINT16 Target0Offset;
UINT16 NIC1Offset;
UINT16 Target1Offset;
UINT16 Target1Offset;
} EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_CONTROL_STRUCTURE;
#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_CONTROL_STRUCTURE_VERSION 0x1
@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ typedef struct {
#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_VERSION 0x1
#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_FLAG_BLOCK_VALID BIT0
#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_FLAG_BOOT_SELECTED BIT1
#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_FLAG_BLOCK_VALID BIT0
#define EFI_ACPI_ISCSI_BOOT_FIRMWARE_TABLE_INITIATOR_STRUCTURE_FLAG_BOOT_SELECTED BIT1
///
/// NIC Structure

20
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/LegacyBiosMpTable.h
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
/** @file
Defives data structures per MultiProcessor Specification Ver 1.4.
The MultiProcessor Specification defines an enhancement to the standard
The MultiProcessor Specification defines an enhancement to the standard
to which PC manufacturers design DOS-compatible systems.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

14
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Mbr.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Legacy Master Boot Record Format Definition.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

20
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/MemoryMappedConfigurationSpaceAccessTable.h
View File

@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
/** @file
ACPI memory mapped configuration space access table definition, defined at
ACPI memory mapped configuration space access table definition, defined at
in the PCI Firmware Specification, version 3.0.
Specification is available at http://www.pcisig.com.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _MEMORY_MAPPED_CONFIGURATION_SPACE_ACCESS_TABLE_H_
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ typedef struct {
} EFI_ACPI_MEMORY_MAPPED_ENHANCED_CONFIGURATION_SPACE_BASE_ADDRESS_ALLOCATION_STRUCTURE;
///
/// MCFG Table header definition. The rest of the table
/// MCFG Table header definition. The rest of the table
/// must be defined in a platform specific manner.
///
typedef struct {

4
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/MemoryOverwriteRequestControlLock.h
View File

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
/** @file
Support for Microsoft Secure MOR implementation, defined at
Support for Microsoft Secure MOR implementation, defined at
Microsoft Secure MOR implementation.
https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/hardware/mt270973(v=vs.85).aspx
Copyright (c) 2015 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at

28
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pal.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Main PAL API's defined in Intel Itanium Architecture Software Developer's Manual.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ typedef struct {
///< be enabled or disabled by
///< PAL_PROC_SET_FEATURES. The
///< corresponding argument is ignored.
UINT64 NoPresentPmi:1; ///< Bit37, No INIT, PMI, and LINT pins
///< present. Denotes the absence of INIT,
///< PMI, LINT0 and LINT1 pins on the
@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ typedef struct {
///< enabled or disabled by
///< PAL_PROC_SET_FEATURES. The corresponding
///< argument is ignored.
UINT64 NoSimpleImpInUndefinedIns:1; ///< Bit38, No Simple
///< implementation of
///< unimplemented instruction
@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ typedef struct {
///< bit has no effect if BERR
///< signalling is disabled. (See
///< PAL_BUS_GET/SET_FEATURES)
UINT64 EnableBerrPromotion:1; ///< Bit63. Enable BERR promotion. When
///< 1, the Bus Error (BERR) signal is
///< promoted to the Bus Initialization
@ -1757,15 +1757,15 @@ typedef struct {
UINT64 FailedInInsCache:1; ///< Bit11, Failure located in the
///< instruction cache.
UINT64 Mesi:3; ///< Bit14:12, 0 - cache line is invalid. 1 - cache
///< line is held shared. 2 - cache line is held
///< exclusive. 3 - cache line is modified. All other
///< values are reserved.
UINT64 MesiIsValid:1; ///< Bit15, The mesi field in the cache_check
///< parameter is valid.
UINT64 FailedWay:5; ///< Bit20:16, Failure located in the way of
///< the cache indicated by this value.
@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ typedef struct {
///< ignored or generate an illegal argument in
///< procedure calls if the caller sets these
///< bits.
UINT64 ControlSupport:1; ///< This bit defines if an implementation
///< supports control of the PAL self-tests
///< via the self-test control word. If

14
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Support for the latest PCI standard.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2014, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

94
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci22.h
View File

@ -7,15 +7,15 @@
PC Card Standard, 8.0
PCI Power Management Interface Specifiction, Revision 1.2
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2014 - 2015, Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ typedef union {
PCI_TYPE01 Bridge;
} PCI_TYPE_GENERIC;
///
/// CardBus Conroller Configuration Space,
///
/// CardBus Conroller Configuration Space,
/// Section 4.5.1, PC Card Standard. 8.0
///
typedef struct {
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE_OTHER 0x80
#define PCI_CLASS_NETWORK 0x02
#define PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_ETHERNET 0x00
#define PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_ETHERNET 0x00
#define PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_TOKENRING 0x01
#define PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_FDDI 0x02
#define PCI_CLASS_NETWORK_ATM 0x03
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define PCI_IF_VGA_8514 0x01
#define PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_XGA 0x01
#define PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_3D 0x02
#define PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_OTHER 0x80
#define PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_OTHER 0x80
#define PCI_CLASS_MEDIA 0x04
#define PCI_CLASS_MEDIA_VIDEO 0x00
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_OTHER 0x80
#define PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_ISA_PDECODE 0x80
#define PCI_CLASS_SCC 0x07 ///< Simple communications controllers
#define PCI_CLASS_SCC 0x07 ///< Simple communications controllers
#define PCI_SUBCLASS_SERIAL 0x00
#define PCI_IF_GENERIC_XT 0x00
#define PCI_IF_16450 0x01
@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ typedef struct {
#define PCI_IF_8259_PIC 0x00
#define PCI_IF_ISA_PIC 0x01
#define PCI_IF_EISA_PIC 0x02
#define PCI_IF_APIC_CONTROLLER 0x10 ///< I/O APIC interrupt controller , 32 bye none-prefectable memory.
#define PCI_IF_APIC_CONTROLLER2 0x20
#define PCI_IF_APIC_CONTROLLER 0x10 ///< I/O APIC interrupt controller , 32 bye none-prefectable memory.
#define PCI_IF_APIC_CONTROLLER2 0x20
#define PCI_SUBCLASS_DMA 0x01
#define PCI_IF_8237_DMA 0x00
#define PCI_IF_ISA_DMA 0x01
@ -297,25 +297,25 @@ typedef struct {
#define PCI_SECURITY_CONTROLLER 0x10 ///< Encryption and decryption controller
#define PCI_SUBCLASS_NET_COMPUT 0x00
#define PCI_SUBCLASS_ENTERTAINMENT 0x10
#define PCI_SUBCLASS_ENTERTAINMENT 0x10
#define PCI_SUBCLASS_SECURITY_OTHER 0x80
#define PCI_CLASS_DPIO 0x11
#define PCI_SUBCLASS_DPIO 0x00
#define PCI_SUBCLASS_DPIO_OTHER 0x80
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether the Base Class code of device matched.
@param _p Specified device.
@param c Base Class code needs matching.
@retval TRUE Base Class code matches the specified device.
@retval FALSE Base Class code doesn't match the specified device.
@retval FALSE Base Class code doesn't match the specified device.
**/
#define IS_CLASS1(_p, c) ((_p)->Hdr.ClassCode[2] == (c))
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether the Base Class code and Sub-Class code of device matched.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -323,11 +323,11 @@ typedef struct {
@param s Sub-Class code needs matching.
@retval TRUE Base Class code and Sub-Class code match the specified device.
@retval FALSE Base Class code and Sub-Class code don't match the specified device.
@retval FALSE Base Class code and Sub-Class code don't match the specified device.
**/
#define IS_CLASS2(_p, c, s) (IS_CLASS1 (_p, c) && ((_p)->Hdr.ClassCode[1] == (s)))
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether the Base Class code, Sub-Class code and Interface code of device matched.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -336,12 +336,12 @@ typedef struct {
@param p Interface code needs matching.
@retval TRUE Base Class code, Sub-Class code and Interface code match the specified device.
@retval FALSE Base Class code, Sub-Class code and Interface code don't match the specified device.
@retval FALSE Base Class code, Sub-Class code and Interface code don't match the specified device.
**/
#define IS_CLASS3(_p, c, s, p) (IS_CLASS2 (_p, c, s) && ((_p)->Hdr.ClassCode[0] == (p)))
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a display controller.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_DISPLAY(_p) IS_CLASS1 (_p, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a VGA-compatible controller.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_VGA(_p) IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_VGA, PCI_IF_VGA_VGA)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is an 8514-compatible controller.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_8514(_p) IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY, PCI_CLASS_DISPLAY_VGA, PCI_IF_VGA_8514)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is built before the Class Code field was defined.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_OLD(_p) IS_CLASS1 (_p, PCI_CLASS_OLD)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a VGA-compatible device built before the Class Code field was defined.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_OLD_VGA(_p) IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_OLD, PCI_CLASS_OLD_VGA)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is an IDE controller.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_IDE(_p) IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE_IDE)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a SCSI bus controller.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_SCSI(_p) IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE_SCSI)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a RAID controller.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_RAID(_p) IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE, PCI_CLASS_MASS_STORAGE_RAID)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is an ISA bridge.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_LPC(_p) IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_ISA)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a PCI-to-PCI bridge.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_P2P(_p) IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_P2P, PCI_IF_BRIDGE_P2P)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a Subtractive Decode PCI-to-PCI bridge.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_P2P_SUB(_p) IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE, PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_P2P, PCI_IF_BRIDGE_P2P_SUBTRACTIVE)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a 16550-compatible serial controller.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_16550_SERIAL(_p) IS_CLASS3 (_p, PCI_CLASS_SCC, PCI_SUBCLASS_SERIAL, PCI_IF_16550)
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a Universal Serial Bus controller.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define IS_PCI_USB(_p) IS_CLASS2 (_p, PCI_CLASS_SERIAL, PCI_CLASS_SERIAL_USB)
//
// the definition of Header Type
// the definition of Header Type
//
#define HEADER_TYPE_DEVICE 0x00
#define HEADER_TYPE_PCI_TO_PCI_BRIDGE 0x01
@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ typedef struct {
// Mask of Header type
//
#define HEADER_LAYOUT_CODE 0x7f
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a PCI-PCI bridge.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_PCI_BRIDGE(_p) (((_p)->Hdr.HeaderType & HEADER_LAYOUT_CODE) == (HEADER_TYPE_PCI_TO_PCI_BRIDGE))
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a CardBus bridge.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ typedef struct {
**/
#define IS_CARDBUS_BRIDGE(_p) (((_p)->Hdr.HeaderType & HEADER_LAYOUT_CODE) == (HEADER_TYPE_CARDBUS_BRIDGE))
/**
/**
Macro that checks whether device is a multiple functions device.
@param _p Specified device.
@ -548,17 +548,17 @@ typedef struct {
//
// defined in PCI-to-PCI Bridge Architecture Specification
//
#define PCI_BRIDGE_PRIMARY_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x18
#define PCI_BRIDGE_SECONDARY_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x19
#define PCI_BRIDGE_SUBORDINATE_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x1a
#define PCI_BRIDGE_PRIMARY_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x18
#define PCI_BRIDGE_SECONDARY_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x19
#define PCI_BRIDGE_SUBORDINATE_BUS_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x1a
#define PCI_BRIDGE_SECONDARY_LATENCY_TIMER_OFFSET 0x1b
#define PCI_BRIDGE_STATUS_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x1E
#define PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x3E
#define PCI_BRIDGE_STATUS_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x1E
#define PCI_BRIDGE_CONTROL_REGISTER_OFFSET 0x3E
///
/// Interrupt Line "Unknown" or "No connection" value defined for x86 based system
///
#define PCI_INT_LINE_UNKNOWN 0xFF
#define PCI_INT_LINE_UNKNOWN 0xFF
///
/// PCI Access Data Format
@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ typedef struct {
} EFI_PCI_CAPABILITY_MSI64;
///
/// Capability EFI_PCI_CAPABILITY_ID_HOTPLUG,
/// Capability EFI_PCI_CAPABILITY_ID_HOTPLUG,
/// CompactPCI Hot Swap Specification PICMG 2.1, R1.0
///
typedef struct {
@ -789,8 +789,8 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// EFI PCI Option ROM definitions
///
#define EFI_ROOT_BRIDGE_LIST 'eprb'
///
#define EFI_ROOT_BRIDGE_LIST 'eprb'
#define EFI_PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_HEADER_EFISIGNATURE 0x0EF1 ///< defined in UEFI Spec.
#define PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_HEADER_SIGNATURE 0xaa55

18
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci23.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Support for PCI 2.3 standard.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
#pragma pack(1)
///
/// PCI-X Capabilities List,
/// PCI-X Capabilities List,
/// Section 7.2, PCI-X Addendum to the PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 1.0b.
///
typedef struct {
@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ typedef struct {
} EFI_PCI_CAPABILITY_PCIX;
///
/// PCI-X Bridge Capabilities List,
/// PCI-X Bridge Capabilities List,
/// Section 8.6.2, PCI-X Addendum to the PCI Local Bus Specification, Revision 1.0b.
///
typedef struct {

14
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Pci30.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Support for PCI 3.0 standard.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

14
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PciCodeId.h
View File

@ -2,14 +2,14 @@
The file lists the PCI class codes only defined in PCI code and ID assignment specification
revision 1.3.
Copyright (c) 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2012 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

16
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PciExpress21.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
Support for the latest PCI standard.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2016 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

14
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PciExpress30.h
View File

@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
This header file may not define all structures. Please extend as required.
Copyright (c) 2014 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2014 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

42
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/PeImage.h
View File

@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
/** @file
EFI image format for PE32, PE32+ and TE. Please note some data structures are
different for PE32 and PE32+. EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 is for PE32 and
EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS64 is for PE32+.
EFI image format for PE32, PE32+ and TE. Please note some data structures are
different for PE32 and PE32+. EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS32 is for PE32 and
EFI_IMAGE_NT_HEADERS64 is for PE32+.
This file is coded to the Visual Studio, Microsoft Portable Executable and
This file is coded to the Visual Studio, Microsoft Portable Executable and
Common Object File Format Specification, Revision 8.3 - February 6, 2013.
This file also includes some definitions in PI Specification, Revision 1.0.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Portions copyright (c) 2008 - 2009, Apple Inc. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -134,12 +134,12 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// @attention
/// EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC means PE32 and
/// EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC means PE32 and
/// EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER32 must be used. The data structures only vary
/// after NT additional fields.
///
#define EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR32_MAGIC 0x10b
///
/// Optional Header Standard Fields for PE32.
///
@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// @attention
/// EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC means PE32+ and
/// EFI_IMAGE_NT_OPTIONAL_HDR64_MAGIC means PE32+ and
/// EFI_IMAGE_OPTIONAL_HEADER64 must be used. The data structures only vary
/// after NT additional fields.
///
@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// Size of EFI_IMAGE_SECTION_HEADER.
///
#define EFI_IMAGE_SIZEOF_SECTION_HEADER 40
//
// Section Flags Values
//
@ -304,12 +304,12 @@ typedef struct {
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_CODE BIT5 ///< 0x00000020
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_INITIALIZED_DATA BIT6 ///< 0x00000040
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_CNT_UNINITIALIZED_DATA BIT7 ///< 0x00000080
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_LNK_OTHER BIT8 ///< 0x00000100 ///< Reserved.
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_LNK_INFO BIT9 ///< 0x00000200 ///< Section contains comments or some other type of information.
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_LNK_REMOVE BIT11 ///< 0x00000800 ///< Section contents will not become part of image.
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_LNK_COMDAT BIT12 ///< 0x00001000
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_1BYTES BIT20 ///< 0x00100000
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_2BYTES BIT21 ///< 0x00200000
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_4BYTES (BIT20|BIT21) ///< 0x00300000
@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_16BYTES (BIT20|BIT22) ///< 0x00500000
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_32BYTES (BIT21|BIT22) ///< 0x00600000
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_64BYTES (BIT20|BIT21|BIT22) ///< 0x00700000
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_MEM_DISCARDABLE BIT25 ///< 0x02000000
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_MEM_NOT_CACHED BIT26 ///< 0x04000000
#define EFI_IMAGE_SCN_MEM_NOT_PAGED BIT27 ///< 0x08000000
@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ typedef struct {
#define EFI_IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_SAME_SIZE 3
#define EFI_IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_EXACT_MATCH 4
#define EFI_IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ASSOCIATIVE 5
//
// the following values only be referred in PeCoff, not defined in PECOFF.
//
@ -450,9 +450,9 @@ typedef struct {
#define EFI_IMAGE_REL_I386_SECREL 0x000B
#define EFI_IMAGE_REL_I386_REL32 0x0014 ///< PC-relative 32-bit reference to the symbols virtual address.
//
//
// x64 processor relocation types.
//
//
#define IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ABSOLUTE 0x0000
#define IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ADDR64 0x0001
#define IMAGE_REL_AMD64_ADDR32 0x0002

38
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Sal.h
View File

@ -2,14 +2,14 @@
Main SAL API's defined in Intel Itanium Processor Family System Abstraction
Layer Specification Revision 3.2 (December 2003)
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -17,16 +17,16 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#define __SAL_API_H__
///
/// SAL return status type
/// SAL return status type
///
typedef INTN EFI_SAL_STATUS;
///
/// Call completed without error.
/// Call completed without error.
///
#define EFI_SAL_SUCCESS ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) 0)
///
/// Call completed without error, but some information was lost due to overflow.
/// Call completed without error, but some information was lost due to overflow.
///
#define EFI_SAL_OVERFLOW ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) 1)
///
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ typedef INTN EFI_SAL_STATUS;
///
#define EFI_SAL_WARM_BOOT_NEEDED ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) 2)
///
/// More information is available for retrieval.
/// More information is available for retrieval.
///
#define EFI_SAL_MORE_RECORDS ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) 3)
///
@ -46,15 +46,15 @@ typedef INTN EFI_SAL_STATUS;
///
#define EFI_SAL_INVALID_ARGUMENT ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) - 2)
///
/// Call completed without error.
/// Call completed without error.
///
#define EFI_SAL_ERROR ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) - 3)
///
/// Virtual address not registered.
/// Virtual address not registered.
///
#define EFI_SAL_VIRTUAL_ADDRESS_ERROR ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) - 4)
///
/// No information available.
/// No information available.
///
#define EFI_SAL_NO_INFORMATION ((EFI_SAL_STATUS) - 5)
///
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ typedef struct {
//
// Parameter of EFI_SAL_GET_STATE_INFO, EFI_SAL_GET_STATE_INFO_SIZE, and EFI_SAL_CLEAR_STATE_INFO
//
//
// Type of information
//
#define EFI_SAL_MCA_STATE_INFO 0x0
@ -345,8 +345,8 @@ typedef struct _SAL_UPDATE_PAL_INFO_BLOCK {
#pragma pack(1)
typedef struct {
///
/// The ASCII string representation of "SST_" that confirms the presence of the table.
///
/// The ASCII string representation of "SST_" that confirms the presence of the table.
///
UINT32 Signature;
///
/// The length of the entire table in bytes, starting from offset zero and including the
@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT64 NumberOfProcessors;
UINT64 LocalIDRegister;
} SAL_COHERENCE_DOMAIN_INFO;
///
/// Format of Purge Translation Cache Coherence Domain Entry.
///
@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT8 CheckSum;
} EFI_SAL_FIT_ENTRY;
//
// FIT Types
// FIT Types
//
#define EFI_SAL_FIT_FIT_HEADER_TYPE 0x00
#define EFI_SAL_FIT_PAL_B_TYPE 0x01

20
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Scsi.h
View File

@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
/** @file
Support for SCSI-2 standard
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -346,9 +346,9 @@ typedef struct {
UINT8 BlockSize0;
UINT8 Protection;
UINT8 LogicPerPhysical;
UINT8 LowestAlignLogic2;
UINT8 LowestAlignLogic1;
UINT8 Reserved[16];
UINT8 LowestAlignLogic2;
UINT8 LowestAlignLogic1;
UINT8 Reserved[16];
} EFI_SCSI_DISK_CAPACITY_DATA16;
typedef struct {

16
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SerialPortConsoleRedirectionTable.h
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
/** @file
ACPI Serial Port Console Redirection Table as defined by Microsoft in
http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/system/platform/server/spcr.mspx
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
Copyright (c) 2014 - 2016, ARM Limited. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _SERIAL_PORT_CONSOLE_REDIRECTION_TABLE_H_

310
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SmBios.h
View File

@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015-2017 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
///
/// Inactive type is added from SMBIOS 2.2. Reference SMBIOS 2.6, chapter 3.3.43.
/// Upper-level software that interprets the SMBIOS structure-table should bypass an
/// Upper-level software that interprets the SMBIOS structure-table should bypass an
/// Inactive structure just like a structure type that the software does not recognize.
///
#define SMBIOS_TYPE_INACTIVE 0x007E
#define SMBIOS_TYPE_INACTIVE 0x007E
///
/// End-of-table type is added from SMBIOS 2.2. Reference SMBIOS 2.6, chapter 3.3.44.
@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
///
/// Types 0 through 127 (7Fh) are reserved for and defined by this
/// specification. Types 128 through 256 (80h to FFh) are available for system- and OEM-specific information.
/// specification. Types 128 through 256 (80h to FFh) are available for system- and OEM-specific information.
///
typedef UINT8 SMBIOS_TYPE;
@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ typedef struct {
UINT32 PrinterIsSupported :1;
UINT32 CgaMonoIsSupported :1;
UINT32 NecPc98 :1;
UINT32 ReservedForVendor :32; ///< Bits 32-63. Bits 32-47 reserved for BIOS vendor
///< and bits 48-63 reserved for System Vendor.
UINT32 ReservedForVendor :32; ///< Bits 32-63. Bits 32-47 reserved for BIOS vendor
///< and bits 48-63 reserved for System Vendor.
} MISC_BIOS_CHARACTERISTICS;
///
@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// System Wake-up Type.
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
SystemWakeupTypeReserved = 0x00,
SystemWakeupTypeOther = 0x01,
SystemWakeupTypeUnknown = 0x02,
@ -314,10 +314,10 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// System Information (Type 1).
///
/// The information in this structure defines attributes of the overall system and is
///
/// The information in this structure defines attributes of the overall system and is
/// intended to be associated with the Component ID group of the system's MIF.
/// An SMBIOS implementation is associated with a single system instance and contains
/// An SMBIOS implementation is associated with a single system instance and contains
/// one and only one System Information (Type 1) structure.
///
typedef struct {
@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ typedef struct {
} SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE1;
///
/// Base Board - Feature Flags.
/// Base Board - Feature Flags.
///
typedef struct {
UINT8 Motherboard :1;
@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Base Board - Board Type.
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
BaseBoardTypeUnknown = 0x1,
BaseBoardTypeOther = 0x2,
BaseBoardTypeServerBlade = 0x3,
@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// Base Board (or Module) Information (Type 2).
///
/// The information in this structure defines attributes of a system baseboard -
/// The information in this structure defines attributes of a system baseboard -
/// for example a motherboard, planar, or server blade or other standard system module.
///
typedef struct {
@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// System Enclosure or Chassis Types
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
MiscChassisTypeOther = 0x01,
MiscChassisTypeUnknown = 0x02,
MiscChassisTypeDeskTop = 0x03,
@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// System Enclosure or Chassis States .
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
ChassisStateOther = 0x01,
ChassisStateUnknown = 0x02,
ChassisStateSafe = 0x03,
@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// System Enclosure or Chassis Security Status.
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
ChassisSecurityStatusOther = 0x01,
ChassisSecurityStatusUnknown = 0x02,
ChassisSecurityStatusNone = 0x03,
@ -462,11 +462,11 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// System Enclosure or Chassis (Type 3).
///
/// The information in this structure defines attributes of the system's mechanical enclosure(s).
/// For example, if a system included a separate enclosure for its peripheral devices,
/// The information in this structure defines attributes of the system's mechanical enclosure(s).
/// For example, if a system included a separate enclosure for its peripheral devices,
/// two structures would be returned: one for the main, system enclosure and the second for
/// the peripheral device enclosure. The additions to this structure in v2.1 of this specification
/// support the population of the CIM_Chassis class.
/// support the population of the CIM_Chassis class.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -514,29 +514,29 @@ typedef enum {
/// Processor Information - Processor Family.
///
typedef enum {
ProcessorFamilyOther = 0x01,
ProcessorFamilyOther = 0x01,
ProcessorFamilyUnknown = 0x02,
ProcessorFamily8086 = 0x03,
ProcessorFamily8086 = 0x03,
ProcessorFamily80286 = 0x04,
ProcessorFamilyIntel386 = 0x05,
ProcessorFamilyIntel386 = 0x05,
ProcessorFamilyIntel486 = 0x06,
ProcessorFamily8087 = 0x07,
ProcessorFamily80287 = 0x08,
ProcessorFamily80387 = 0x09,
ProcessorFamily80387 = 0x09,
ProcessorFamily80487 = 0x0A,
ProcessorFamilyPentium = 0x0B,
ProcessorFamilyPentium = 0x0B,
ProcessorFamilyPentiumPro = 0x0C,
ProcessorFamilyPentiumII = 0x0D,
ProcessorFamilyPentiumMMX = 0x0E,
ProcessorFamilyCeleron = 0x0F,
ProcessorFamilyPentiumIIXeon = 0x10,
ProcessorFamilyPentiumIII = 0x11,
ProcessorFamilyPentiumIII = 0x11,
ProcessorFamilyM1 = 0x12,
ProcessorFamilyM2 = 0x13,
ProcessorFamilyIntelCeleronM = 0x14,
ProcessorFamilyIntelPentium4Ht = 0x15,
ProcessorFamilyAmdDuron = 0x18,
ProcessorFamilyK5 = 0x19,
ProcessorFamilyK5 = 0x19,
ProcessorFamilyK6 = 0x1A,
ProcessorFamilyK6_2 = 0x1B,
ProcessorFamilyK6_3 = 0x1C,
@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ typedef enum {
ProcessorFamilyAmdPhenomFxQuadCore = 0x8C,
ProcessorFamilyAmdPhenomX4QuadCore = 0x8D,
ProcessorFamilyAmdPhenomX2DualCore = 0x8E,
ProcessorFamilyAmdAthlonX2DualCore = 0x8F,
ProcessorFamilyAmdAthlonX2DualCore = 0x8F,
ProcessorFamilyPARISC = 0x90,
ProcessorFamilyPaRisc8500 = 0x91,
ProcessorFamilyPaRisc8000 = 0x92,
@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ typedef enum {
ProcessorFamilyIntelCore2DuoMobile = 0xC4,
ProcessorFamilyIntelCore2SoloMobile = 0xC5,
ProcessorFamilyIntelCoreI7 = 0xC6,
ProcessorFamilyDualCoreIntelCeleron = 0xC7,
ProcessorFamilyDualCoreIntelCeleron = 0xC7,
ProcessorFamilyIBM390 = 0xC8,
ProcessorFamilyG4 = 0xC9,
ProcessorFamilyG5 = 0xCA,
@ -736,12 +736,12 @@ typedef enum {
} PROCESSOR_FAMILY2_DATA;
///
/// Processor Information - Voltage.
/// Processor Information - Voltage.
///
typedef struct {
UINT8 ProcessorVoltageCapability5V :1;
UINT8 ProcessorVoltageCapability3_3V :1;
UINT8 ProcessorVoltageCapability2_9V :1;
UINT8 ProcessorVoltageCapability5V :1;
UINT8 ProcessorVoltageCapability3_3V :1;
UINT8 ProcessorVoltageCapability2_9V :1;
UINT8 ProcessorVoltageCapabilityReserved :1; ///< Bit 3, must be zero.
UINT8 ProcessorVoltageReserved :3; ///< Bits 4-6, must be zero.
UINT8 ProcessorVoltageIndicateLegacy :1;
@ -865,13 +865,13 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Processor Information (Type 4).
///
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a single processor;
/// a separate structure instance is provided for each system processor socket/slot.
/// For example, a system with an IntelDX2 processor would have a single
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a single processor;
/// a separate structure instance is provided for each system processor socket/slot.
/// For example, a system with an IntelDX2 processor would have a single
/// structure instance, while a system with an IntelSX2 processor would have a structure
/// to describe the main CPU, and a second structure to describe the 80487 co-processor.
/// to describe the main CPU, and a second structure to describe the 80487 co-processor.
///
typedef struct {
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
SMBIOS_TABLE_STRING Socket;
UINT8 ProcessorType; ///< The enumeration value from PROCESSOR_TYPE_DATA.
@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Memory Controller Error Detecting Method.
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
ErrorDetectingMethodOther = 0x01,
ErrorDetectingMethodUnknown = 0x02,
ErrorDetectingMethodNone = 0x03,
@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Memory Controller Information - Interleave Support.
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
MemoryInterleaveOther = 0x01,
MemoryInterleaveUnknown = 0x02,
MemoryInterleaveOneWay = 0x03,
@ -965,10 +965,10 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Memory Controller Information (Type 5, Obsolete).
///
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of the system's memory controller(s)
/// and the supported attributes of any memory-modules present in the sockets controlled by
/// this controller.
/// Note: This structure, and its companion Memory Module Information (Type 6, Obsolete),
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of the system's memory controller(s)
/// and the supported attributes of any memory-modules present in the sockets controlled by
/// this controller.
/// Note: This structure, and its companion Memory Module Information (Type 6, Obsolete),
/// are obsolete starting with version 2.1 of this specification. The Physical Memory Array (Type 16)
/// and Memory Device (Type 17) structures should be used instead. BIOS providers might
/// choose to implement both memory description types to allow existing DMI browsers
@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT8 ErrDetectMethod; ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_ERROR_DETECT_METHOD.
MEMORY_ERROR_CORRECT_CAPABILITY ErrCorrectCapability;
UINT8 SupportInterleave; ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_SUPPORT_INTERLEAVE_TYPE.
UINT8 CurrentInterleave; ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_SUPPORT_INTERLEAVE_TYPE .
UINT8 CurrentInterleave; ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_SUPPORT_INTERLEAVE_TYPE .
UINT8 MaxMemoryModuleSize;
MEMORY_SPEED_TYPE SupportSpeed;
UINT16 SupportMemoryType;
@ -1017,11 +1017,11 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Memory Module Information (Type 6, Obsolete)
///
/// One Memory Module Information structure is included for each memory-module socket
/// One Memory Module Information structure is included for each memory-module socket
/// in the system. The structure describes the speed, type, size, and error status
/// of each system memory module. The supported attributes of each module are described
/// by the "owning" Memory Controller Information structure.
/// Note: This structure, and its companion Memory Controller Information (Type 5, Obsolete),
/// of each system memory module. The supported attributes of each module are described
/// by the "owning" Memory Controller Information structure.
/// Note: This structure, and its companion Memory Controller Information (Type 5, Obsolete),
/// are obsolete starting with version 2.1 of this specification. The Physical Memory Array (Type 16)
/// and Memory Device (Type 17) structures should be used instead.
///
@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ typedef enum {
} CACHE_ERROR_TYPE_DATA;
///
/// Cache Information - System Cache Type.
/// Cache Information - System Cache Type.
///
typedef enum {
CacheTypeOther = 0x01,
@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ typedef enum {
} CACHE_TYPE_DATA;
///
/// Cache Information - Associativity.
/// Cache Information - Associativity.
///
typedef enum {
CacheAssociativityOther = 0x01,
@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// Cache Information (Type 7).
///
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of CPU cache device in the system.
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of CPU cache device in the system.
/// One structure is specified for each such device, whether the device is internal to
/// or external to the CPU module. Cache modules can be associated with a processor structure
/// in one or two ways, depending on the SMBIOS version.
@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ typedef struct {
} SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE7;
///
/// Port Connector Information - Connector Types.
/// Port Connector Information - Connector Types.
///
typedef enum {
PortConnectorTypeNone = 0x00,
@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ typedef enum {
} MISC_PORT_CONNECTOR_TYPE;
///
/// Port Connector Information - Port Types
/// Port Connector Information - Port Types
///
typedef enum {
PortTypeNone = 0x00,
@ -1213,8 +1213,8 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// Port Connector Information (Type 8).
///
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a system port connector,
/// e.g. parallel, serial, keyboard, or mouse ports. The port's type and connector information
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a system port connector,
/// e.g. parallel, serial, keyboard, or mouse ports. The port's type and connector information
/// are provided. One structure is present for each port provided by the system.
///
typedef struct {
@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ typedef enum {
} MISC_SLOT_USAGE;
///
/// System Slots - Slot Length.
/// System Slots - Slot Length.
///
typedef enum {
SlotLengthOther = 0x01,
@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ typedef enum {
} MISC_SLOT_LENGTH;
///
/// System Slots - Slot Characteristics 1.
/// System Slots - Slot Characteristics 1.
///
typedef struct {
UINT8 CharacteristicsUnknown :1;
@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ typedef struct {
UINT8 ModemRingResumeSupported:1;
} MISC_SLOT_CHARACTERISTICS1;
///
/// System Slots - Slot Characteristics 2.
/// System Slots - Slot Characteristics 2.
///
typedef struct {
UINT8 PmeSignalSupported :1;
@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// System Slots (Type 9)
///
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a system slot.
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a system slot.
/// One structure is provided for each slot in the system.
///
///
@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ typedef struct {
} SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE9;
///
/// On Board Devices Information - Device Types.
/// On Board Devices Information - Device Types.
///
typedef enum {
OnBoardDeviceTypeOther = 0x01,
@ -1406,10 +1406,10 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// On Board Devices Information (Type 10, obsolete).
///
/// Note: This structure is obsolete starting with version 2.6 specification; the Onboard Devices Extended
/// Information (Type 41) structure should be used instead . BIOS providers can choose to implement both
/// types to allow existing SMBIOS browsers to properly display the system's onboard devices information.
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of devices that are onboard (soldered onto)
/// Note: This structure is obsolete starting with version 2.6 specification; the Onboard Devices Extended
/// Information (Type 41) structure should be used instead . BIOS providers can choose to implement both
/// types to allow existing SMBIOS browsers to properly display the system's onboard devices information.
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of devices that are onboard (soldered onto)
/// a system element, usually the baseboard. In general, an entry in this table implies that the BIOS
/// has some level of control over the enabling of the associated device for use by the system.
///
@ -1420,8 +1420,8 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// OEM Strings (Type 11).
/// This structure contains free form strings defined by the OEM. Examples of this are:
/// Part Numbers for Reference Documents for the system, contact information for the manufacturer, etc.
/// This structure contains free form strings defined by the OEM. Examples of this are:
/// Part Numbers for Reference Documents for the system, contact information for the manufacturer, etc.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// System Configuration Options (Type 12).
///
/// This structure contains information required to configure the base board's Jumpers and Switches.
/// This structure contains information required to configure the base board's Jumpers and Switches.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1442,8 +1442,8 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// BIOS Language Information (Type 13).
///
/// The information in this structure defines the installable language attributes of the BIOS.
///
/// The information in this structure defines the installable language attributes of the BIOS.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
UINT8 InstallableLanguages;
@ -1463,9 +1463,9 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Group Associations (Type 14).
///
/// The Group Associations structure is provided for OEMs who want to specify
/// the arrangement or hierarchy of certain components (including other Group Associations)
/// within the system.
/// The Group Associations structure is provided for OEMs who want to specify
/// the arrangement or hierarchy of certain components (including other Group Associations)
/// within the system.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// System Event Log - Event Log Types.
///
///
typedef enum {
EventLogTypeReserved = 0x00,
EventLogTypeSingleBitECC = 0x01,
@ -1506,8 +1506,8 @@ typedef enum {
} EVENT_LOG_TYPE_DATA;
///
/// System Event Log - Variable Data Format Types.
///
/// System Event Log - Variable Data Format Types.
///
typedef enum {
EventLogVariableNone = 0x00,
EventLogVariableHandle = 0x01,
@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ typedef enum {
EventLogVariableMutilEventHandle = 0x03,
EventLogVariablePOSTResultBitmap = 0x04,
EventLogVariableSysManagementType = 0x05,
EventLogVariableMutliEventSysManagmentType = 0x06,
EventLogVariableMutliEventSysManagmentType = 0x06,
EventLogVariableUnused = 0x07,
EventLogVariableOEMAssigned = 0x80
} EVENT_LOG_VARIABLE_DATA;
@ -1531,10 +1531,10 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// System Event Log (Type 15).
///
/// The presence of this structure within the SMBIOS data returned for a system indicates
/// that the system supports an event log. An event log is a fixed-length area within a
/// non-volatile storage element, starting with a fixed-length (and vendor-specific) header
/// record, followed by one or more variable-length log records.
/// The presence of this structure within the SMBIOS data returned for a system indicates
/// that the system supports an event log. An event log is a fixed-length area within a
/// non-volatile storage element, starting with a fixed-length (and vendor-specific) header
/// record, followed by one or more variable-length log records.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ typedef enum {
} MEMORY_ARRAY_USE;
///
/// Physical Memory Array - Error Correction Types.
/// Physical Memory Array - Error Correction Types.
///
typedef enum {
MemoryErrorCorrectionOther = 0x01,
@ -1600,8 +1600,8 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// Physical Memory Array (Type 16).
///
/// This structure describes a collection of memory devices that operate
/// together to form a memory address space.
/// This structure describes a collection of memory devices that operate
/// together to form a memory address space.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1693,10 +1693,10 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Memory Device (Type 17).
///
/// This structure describes a single memory device that is part of
/// This structure describes a single memory device that is part of
/// a larger Physical Memory Array (Type 16).
/// Note: If a system includes memory-device sockets, the SMBIOS implementation
/// includes a Memory Device structure instance for each slot, whether or not the
/// Note: If a system includes memory-device sockets, the SMBIOS implementation
/// includes a Memory Device structure instance for each slot, whether or not the
/// socket is currently populated.
///
typedef struct {
@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ typedef struct {
SMBIOS_TABLE_STRING PartNumber;
//
// Add for smbios 2.6
//
//
UINT8 Attributes;
//
// Add for smbios 2.7
@ -1735,9 +1735,9 @@ typedef struct {
} SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE17;
///
/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Type.
/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Type.
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
MemoryErrorOther = 0x01,
MemoryErrorUnknown = 0x02,
MemoryErrorOk = 0x03,
@ -1755,9 +1755,9 @@ typedef enum {
} MEMORY_ERROR_TYPE;
///
/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Granularity.
/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Granularity.
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
MemoryGranularityOther = 0x01,
MemoryGranularityOtherUnknown = 0x02,
MemoryGranularityDeviceLevel = 0x03,
@ -1765,9 +1765,9 @@ typedef enum {
} MEMORY_ERROR_GRANULARITY;
///
/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Operation.
/// 32-bit Memory Error Information - Error Operation.
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
MemoryErrorOperationOther = 0x01,
MemoryErrorOperationUnknown = 0x02,
MemoryErrorOperationRead = 0x03,
@ -1777,8 +1777,8 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// 32-bit Memory Error Information (Type 18).
///
/// This structure identifies the specifics of an error that might be detected
///
/// This structure identifies the specifics of an error that might be detected
/// within a Physical Memory Array.
///
typedef struct {
@ -1795,7 +1795,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Memory Array Mapped Address (Type 19).
///
/// This structure provides the address mapping for a Physical Memory Array.
/// This structure provides the address mapping for a Physical Memory Array.
/// One structure is present for each contiguous address range described.
///
typedef struct {
@ -1814,8 +1814,8 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Memory Device Mapped Address (Type 20).
///
/// This structure maps memory address space usually to a device-level granularity.
/// One structure is present for each contiguous address range described.
/// This structure maps memory address space usually to a device-level granularity.
/// One structure is present for each contiguous address range described.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1868,9 +1868,9 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// Built-in Pointing Device (Type 21).
///
/// This structure describes the attributes of the built-in pointing device for the
/// This structure describes the attributes of the built-in pointing device for the
/// system. The presence of this structure does not imply that the built-in
/// pointing device is active for the system's use!
/// pointing device is active for the system's use!
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Portable Battery - Device Chemistry
///
typedef enum {
typedef enum {
PortableBatteryDeviceChemistryOther = 0x01,
PortableBatteryDeviceChemistryUnknown = 0x02,
PortableBatteryDeviceChemistryLeadAcid = 0x03,
@ -1896,8 +1896,8 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// Portable Battery (Type 22).
///
/// This structure describes the attributes of the portable battery(s) for the system.
/// The structure contains the static attributes for the group. Each structure describes
/// This structure describes the attributes of the portable battery(s) for the system.
/// The structure contains the static attributes for the group. Each structure describes
/// a single battery pack's attributes.
///
typedef struct {
@ -1922,11 +1922,11 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// System Reset (Type 23)
///
/// This structure describes whether Automatic System Reset functions enabled (Status).
/// This structure describes whether Automatic System Reset functions enabled (Status).
/// If the system has a watchdog Timer and the timer is not reset (Timer Reset)
/// before the Interval elapses, an automatic system reset will occur. The system will re-boot
/// according to the Boot Option. This function may repeat until the Limit is reached, at which time
/// the system will re-boot according to the Boot Option at Limit.
/// before the Interval elapses, an automatic system reset will occur. The system will re-boot
/// according to the Boot Option. This function may repeat until the Limit is reached, at which time
/// the system will re-boot according to the Boot Option at Limit.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Hardware Security (Type 24).
///
/// This structure describes the system-wide hardware security settings.
/// This structure describes the system-wide hardware security settings.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1950,10 +1950,10 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// System Power Controls (Type 25).
///
/// This structure describes the attributes for controlling the main power supply to the system.
/// Software that interprets this structure uses the month, day, hour, minute, and second values
/// to determine the number of seconds until the next power-on of the system. The presence of
/// this structure implies that a timed power-on facility is available for the system.
/// This structure describes the attributes for controlling the main power supply to the system.
/// Software that interprets this structure uses the month, day, hour, minute, and second values
/// to determine the number of seconds until the next power-on of the system. The presence of
/// this structure implies that a timed power-on facility is available for the system.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Voltage Probe (Type 26)
///
/// This describes the attributes for a voltage probe in the system.
/// This describes the attributes for a voltage probe in the system.
/// Each structure describes a single voltage probe.
///
typedef struct {
@ -2002,9 +2002,9 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Cooling Device (Type 27)
///
/// This structure describes the attributes for a cooling device in the system.
/// Each structure describes a single cooling device.
///
/// This structure describes the attributes for a cooling device in the system.
/// Each structure describes a single cooling device.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
UINT16 TemperatureProbeHandle;
@ -2029,8 +2029,8 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Temperature Probe (Type 28).
///
/// This structure describes the attributes for a temperature probe in the system.
/// Each structure describes a single temperature probe.
/// This structure describes the attributes for a temperature probe in the system.
/// Each structure describes a single temperature probe.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -2057,7 +2057,7 @@ typedef struct {
/// Electrical Current Probe (Type 29).
///
/// This structure describes the attributes for an electrical current probe in the system.
/// Each structure describes a single electrical current probe.
/// Each structure describes a single electrical current probe.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -2075,9 +2075,9 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Out-of-Band Remote Access (Type 30).
///
/// This structure describes the attributes and policy settings of a hardware facility
/// that may be used to gain remote access to a hardware system when the operating system
/// is not available due to power-down status, hardware failures, or boot failures.
/// This structure describes the attributes and policy settings of a hardware facility
/// that may be used to gain remote access to a hardware system when the operating system
/// is not available due to power-down status, hardware failures, or boot failures.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -2088,8 +2088,8 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Boot Integrity Services (BIS) Entry Point (Type 31).
///
/// Structure type 31 (decimal) is reserved for use by the Boot Integrity Services (BIS).
///
/// Structure type 31 (decimal) is reserved for use by the Boot Integrity Services (BIS).
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
UINT8 Checksum;
@ -2122,12 +2122,12 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// System Boot Information (Type 32).
///
/// The client system firmware, e.g. BIOS, communicates the System Boot Status to the
/// client's Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) boot image or OS-present management
/// application via this structure. When used in the PXE environment, for example,
/// this code identifies the reason the PXE was initiated and can be used by boot-image
/// software to further automate an enterprise's PXE sessions. For example, an enterprise
/// could choose to automatically download a hardware-diagnostic image to a client whose
/// The client system firmware, e.g. BIOS, communicates the System Boot Status to the
/// client's Pre-boot Execution Environment (PXE) boot image or OS-present management
/// application via this structure. When used in the PXE environment, for example,
/// this code identifies the reason the PXE was initiated and can be used by boot-image
/// software to further automate an enterprise's PXE sessions. For example, an enterprise
/// could choose to automatically download a hardware-diagnostic image to a client whose
/// reason code indicated either a firmware- or operating system-detected hardware failure.
///
typedef struct {
@ -2139,9 +2139,9 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// 64-bit Memory Error Information (Type 33).
///
/// This structure describes an error within a Physical Memory Array,
/// This structure describes an error within a Physical Memory Array,
/// when the error address is above 4G (0xFFFFFFFF).
///
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
UINT8 ErrorType; ///< The enumeration value from MEMORY_ERROR_TYPE.
@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ typedef struct {
} SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE33;
///
/// Management Device - Type.
/// Management Device - Type.
///
typedef enum {
ManagementDeviceTypeOther = 0x01,
@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ typedef enum {
} MISC_MANAGEMENT_DEVICE_TYPE;
///
/// Management Device - Address Type.
/// Management Device - Address Type.
///
typedef enum {
ManagementDeviceAddressTypeOther = 0x01,
@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ typedef enum {
///
/// Management Device (Type 34).
///
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a Management Device.
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of a Management Device.
/// A Management Device might control one or more fans or voltage, current, or temperature
/// probes as defined by one or more Management Device Component structures.
///
@ -2201,8 +2201,8 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Management Device Component (Type 35)
///
/// This structure associates a cooling device or environmental probe with structures
/// that define the controlling hardware device and (optionally) the component's thresholds.
/// This structure associates a cooling device or environmental probe with structures
/// that define the controlling hardware device and (optionally) the component's thresholds.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -2215,8 +2215,8 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Management Device Threshold Data (Type 36).
///
/// The information in this structure defines threshold information for
/// a component (probe or cooling-unit) contained within a Management Device.
/// The information in this structure defines threshold information for
/// a component (probe or cooling-unit) contained within a Management Device.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ typedef enum {
/// Memory Channel (Type 37)
///
/// The information in this structure provides the correlation between a Memory Channel
/// and its associated Memory Devices. Each device presents one or more loads to the channel.
/// and its associated Memory Devices. Each device presents one or more loads to the channel.
/// The sum of all device loads cannot exceed the channel's defined maximum.
///
typedef struct {
@ -2331,10 +2331,10 @@ typedef struct {
} SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE39;
///
/// Additional Information Entry Format.
/// Additional Information Entry Format.
///
typedef struct {
UINT8 EntryLength;
typedef struct {
UINT8 EntryLength;
UINT16 ReferencedHandle;
UINT8 ReferencedOffset;
SMBIOS_TABLE_STRING EntryString;
@ -2344,13 +2344,13 @@ typedef struct {
///
/// Additional Information (Type 40).
///
/// This structure is intended to provide additional information for handling unspecified
/// enumerated values and interim field updates in another structure.
/// This structure is intended to provide additional information for handling unspecified
/// enumerated values and interim field updates in another structure.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;
UINT8 NumberOfAdditionalInformationEntries;
ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION_ENTRY AdditionalInfoEntries[1];
ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION_ENTRY AdditionalInfoEntries[1];
} SMBIOS_TABLE_TYPE40;
///
@ -2372,10 +2372,10 @@ typedef enum{
///
/// Onboard Devices Extended Information (Type 41).
///
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of devices that
/// are onboard (soldered onto) a system element, usually the baseboard.
/// In general, an entry in this table implies that the BIOS has some level of
/// control over the enabling of the associated device for use by the system.
/// The information in this structure defines the attributes of devices that
/// are onboard (soldered onto) a system element, usually the baseboard.
/// In general, an entry in this table implies that the BIOS has some level of
/// control over the enabling of the associated device for use by the system.
///
typedef struct {
SMBIOS_STRUCTURE Hdr;

14
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SmBus.h
View File

@ -2,14 +2,14 @@
This file declares the SMBus definitions defined in SmBus Specifciation V2.0
and defined in PI1.0 specification volume 5.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

12
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/TcgPhysicalPresence.h
View File

@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
/** @file
TCG Physical Presence definition.
Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_ENABLE 1
#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_DISABLE 2
#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_ACTIVATE 3
#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_DEACTIVATE 4
#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_DEACTIVATE 4
#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_CLEAR 5
#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_ENABLE_ACTIVATE 6
#define TCG_PHYSICAL_PRESENCE_DEACTIVATE_DISABLE 7

4
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Tls1.h
View File

@ -91,13 +91,13 @@ typedef struct {
//
// The length (in bytes) of the TLSPlaintext records payload MUST NOT exceed 2^14.
// Refers to section 6.2 of RFC5246.
// Refers to section 6.2 of RFC5246.
//
#define TLS_PLAINTEXT_RECORD_MAX_PAYLOAD_LENGTH 16384
//
// The length (in bytes) of the TLSCiphertext records payload MUST NOT exceed 2^14 + 2048.
// Refers to section 6.2 of RFC5246.
// Refers to section 6.2 of RFC5246.
//
#define TLS_CIPHERTEXT_RECORD_MAX_PAYLOAD_LENGTH 18432

26
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/Tpm12.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
/** @file
TPM Specification data structures (TCG TPM Specification Version 1.2 Revision 103)
See http://trustedcomputinggroup.org for latest specification updates
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ typedef UINT32 TPM_KEY_CONTROL;
///
typedef UINT32 TPM_NV_INDEX;
///
/// The family ID. Family IDs are automatically assigned a sequence number by the TPM.
/// A trusted process can set the FamilyID value in an individual row to NULL, which
/// The family ID. Family IDs are automatically assigned a sequence number by the TPM.
/// A trusted process can set the FamilyID value in an individual row to NULL, which
/// invalidates that row. The family ID resets to NULL on each change of TPM Owner.
///
typedef UINT32 TPM_FAMILY_ID;
@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ typedef struct tdTPM_STANY_FLAGS{
#define TPM_AF_TOSPRESENT ((TPM_CAPABILITY_AREA) 4)
//
// All those structures defined in section 7.4, 7.5, 7.6 are not normative and
// All those structures defined in section 7.4, 7.5, 7.6 are not normative and
// thus no definitions here
//
// Part 2, section 7.4: TPM_PERMANENT_DATA
@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ typedef struct tdTPM_STANY_FLAGS{
//
// Part 2, section 8: PCR Structures
//
//
///
/// Part 2, section 8.1: TPM_PCR_SELECTION
@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ typedef struct tdTPM_BOUND_DATA {
//
// Part 2 section 10: TPM_KEY complex
//
//
//
// Section 10.1, 10.4, and 10.5 have been defined previously

2
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/TpmPtp.h
View File

@ -520,4 +520,4 @@ typedef union {
#define PTP_TIMEOUT_C (200 * 1000) // 200ms
#define PTP_TIMEOUT_D (30 * 1000) // 30ms
#endif
#endif

4
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/UefiTcgPlatform.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
TCG EFI Platform Definition in TCG_EFI_Platform_1_20_Final
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ typedef struct {
typedef struct tdEFI_GPT_DATA {
EFI_PARTITION_TABLE_HEADER EfiPartitionHeader;
UINTN NumberOfPartitions;
UINTN NumberOfPartitions;
EFI_PARTITION_ENTRY Partitions[1];
} EFI_GPT_DATA;

20
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WatchdogActionTable.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI Watchdog Action Table (WADT) as defined at
Microsoft Hardware Watchdog Timers Design Specification.
Copyright (c) 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2008 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ typedef struct {
UINT32 TimerPeriod;
UINT32 MaxCount;
UINT32 MinCount;
UINT8 WatchdogFlags;
UINT8 Reserved_61[3];
UINT8 WatchdogFlags;
UINT8 Reserved_61[3];
UINT32 NumberWatchdogInstructionEntries;
} EFI_ACPI_WATCHDOG_ACTION_1_0_TABLE;

16
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WatchdogResourceTable.h
View File

@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
/** @file
/** @file
ACPI Watchdog Resource Table (WDRT) as defined at
Microsoft Windows Hardware Developer Central.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#ifndef _WATCHDOG_RESOURCE_TABLE_H_

4
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WindowsSmmSecurityMitigationTable.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
Defines Windows SMM Security Mitigation Table
@ https://msdn.microsoft.com/windows/hardware/drivers/bringup/acpi-system-description-tables#wsmt
Copyright (c) 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
Copyright (c) 2016 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php

4
MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/WindowsUxCapsule.h
View File

@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
Defines Windows UX Capsule GUID and layout defined at Microsoft
Windows UEFI Firmware Update Platform specification
Copyright (c) 2015, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
Copyright (c) 2015 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php

18
MdePkg/Include/Ipf/ProcessorBind.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
/** @file
Processor or Compiler specific defines and types for Intel Itanium(TM) processors.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available
under the terms and conditions of the BSD License which accompanies this
distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ typedef INT64 INTN;
#elif defined(_MSC_EXTENSIONS)
///
/// Microsoft* compiler-specific method for EFIAPI calling convention.
///
///
#define EFIAPI __cdecl
#else
#define EFIAPI
@ -303,16 +303,16 @@ typedef struct {
/**
Return the pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
For Itanium processors, all function calls are made through a PLABEL, so a pointer to a function
is actually a pointer to a PLABEL. The pointer to the first instruction of the function
is contained within the PLABEL. This macro may be used to retrieve a pointer to the first
instruction of a function independent of the CPU architecture being used. This is very
For Itanium processors, all function calls are made through a PLABEL, so a pointer to a function
is actually a pointer to a PLABEL. The pointer to the first instruction of the function
is contained within the PLABEL. This macro may be used to retrieve a pointer to the first
instruction of a function independent of the CPU architecture being used. This is very
useful when printing function addresses through DEBUG() macros.
@param FunctionPointer A pointer to a function.
@return The pointer to the first instruction of a function given a function pointer.
**/
#define FUNCTION_ENTRY_POINT(FunctionPointer) (VOID *)(UINTN)(((EFI_PLABEL *)(FunctionPointer))->EntryPoint)

362
MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseLib.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

44
MdePkg/Include/Library/BaseMemoryLib.h
View File

@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
/** @file
Provides copy memory, fill memory, zero memory, and GUID functions.
The Base Memory Library provides optimized implementations for common memory-based operations.
These functions should be used in place of coding your own loops to do equivalent common functions.
This allows optimized library implementations to help increase performance.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The Base Memory Library provides optimized implementations for common memory-based operations.
These functions should be used in place of coding your own loops to do equivalent common functions.
This allows optimized library implementations to help increase performance.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
This function copies Length bytes from SourceBuffer to DestinationBuffer, and returns
DestinationBuffer. The implementation must be reentrant, and it must handle the case
where SourceBuffer overlaps DestinationBuffer.
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - DestinationBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - SourceBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ CopyMem (
Fills a target buffer with a byte value, and returns the target buffer.
This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with Value, and returns Buffer.
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param Buffer The memory to set.
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ SetMemN (
Fills a target buffer with zeros, and returns the target buffer.
This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with zeros, and returns Buffer.
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ ZeroMem (
If all Length bytes of the two buffers are identical, then 0 is returned. Otherwise, the
value returned is the first mismatched byte in SourceBuffer subtracted from the first
mismatched byte in DestinationBuffer.
If Length > 0 and DestinationBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length > 0 and SourceBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - DestinationBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ ZeroMem (
@return 0 All Length bytes of the two buffers are identical.
@retval Non-zero The first mismatched byte in SourceBuffer subtracted from the first
mismatched byte in DestinationBuffer.
**/
INTN
EFIAPI
@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ CompareMem (
address to the highest address for an 8-bit value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ ScanMem8 (
address to the highest address for a 16-bit value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ ScanMem16 (
address to the highest address for a 32-bit value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ ScanMem32 (
address to the highest address for a 64-bit value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@ -340,14 +340,14 @@ ScanMem64 (
);
/**
Scans a target buffer for a UINTN sized value, and returns a pointer to the matching
Scans a target buffer for a UINTN sized value, and returns a pointer to the matching
UINTN sized value in the target buffer.
This function searches target the buffer specified by Buffer and Length from the lowest
address to the highest address for a UINTN sized value that matches Value. If a match is found,
then a pointer to the matching byte in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found,
then NULL is returned. If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a UINTN boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a UINTN boundary, then ASSERT().
@ -367,13 +367,13 @@ ScanMemN (
IN UINTN Length,
IN UINTN Value
);
/**
Copies a source GUID to a destination GUID.
This function copies the contents of the 128-bit GUID specified by SourceGuid to
DestinationGuid, and returns DestinationGuid.
If DestinationGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SourceGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ CopyGuid (
This function compares Guid1 to Guid2. If the GUIDs are identical then TRUE is returned.
If there are any bit differences in the two GUIDs, then FALSE is returned.
If Guid1 is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Guid2 is NULL, then ASSERT().
@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ CompareGuid (
GUID value that matches Guid. If a match is found, then a pointer to the matching
GUID in the target buffer is returned. If no match is found, then NULL is returned.
If Length is 0, then NULL is returned.
If Length > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 128-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

6
MdePkg/Include/Library/CacheMaintenanceLib.h
View File

@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
/** @file
Provides services to maintain instruction and data caches.
The Cache Maintenance Library provides abstractions for basic processor cache operations.
It removes the need to use assembly in C code.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at

4
MdePkg/Include/Library/CpuLib.h
View File

@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
/** @file
Provides CPU architecture specific functions that can not be defined
in the Base Library due to dependencies on the PAL Library
The CPU Library provides services to flush CPU TLBs and place the CPU in a sleep state.
The implementation of these services on Itanium processors requires the use of PAL Calls.
PAL Calls require PEI and DXE specific mechanisms to look up PAL Entry Point.
As a result, these services could not be defined in the Base Library.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at

170
MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugLib.h
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/** @file
Provides services to print debug and assert messages to a debug output device.
The Debug library supports debug print and asserts based on a combination of macros and code.
The debug library can be turned on and off so that the debug code does not increase the size of an image.
@ -8,9 +8,9 @@
of size reduction when compiler optimization is disabled. If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is
defined, then debug and assert related macros wrapped by it are the NULL implementations.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2016, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@ -80,15 +80,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/**
Prints a debug message to the debug output device if the specified error level is enabled.
If any bit in ErrorLevel is also set in DebugPrintErrorLevelLib function
GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (), then print the message specified by Format and the
If any bit in ErrorLevel is also set in DebugPrintErrorLevelLib function
GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (), then print the message specified by Format and the
associated variable argument list to the debug output device.
If Format is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param ErrorLevel The error level of the debug message.
@param Format The format string for the debug message to print.
@param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed
@param ... The variable argument list whose contents are accessed
based on the format string specified by Format.
**/
@ -102,14 +102,14 @@ DebugPrint (
/**
Prints an assert message containing a filename, line number, and description.
Prints an assert message containing a filename, line number, and description.
This may be followed by a breakpoint or a dead loop.
Print a message of the form "ASSERT <FileName>(<LineNumber>): <Description>\n"
to the debug output device. If DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set then CpuBreakpoint() is called. Otherwise, if
DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set then
CpuDeadLoop() is called. If neither of these bits are set, then this function
to the debug output device. If DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_BREAKPOINT_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set then CpuBreakpoint() is called. Otherwise, if
DEBUG_PROPERTY_ASSERT_DEADLOOP_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set then
CpuDeadLoop() is called. If neither of these bits are set, then this function
returns immediately after the message is printed to the debug output device.
DebugAssert() must actively prevent recursion. If DebugAssert() is called while
processing another DebugAssert(), then DebugAssert() must return immediately.
@ -134,14 +134,14 @@ DebugAssert (
/**
Fills a target buffer with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns the target buffer.
This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with the value specified by
This function fills Length bytes of Buffer with the value specified by
PcdDebugClearMemoryValue, and returns Buffer.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param Buffer The pointer to the target buffer to be filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
@param Length The number of bytes in Buffer to fill with zeros PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
@param Length The number of bytes in Buffer to fill with zeros PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
@return Buffer The pointer to the target buffer filled with PcdDebugClearMemoryValue.
@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ DebugClearMemory (
/**
Returns TRUE if ASSERT() macros are enabled.
This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of
This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ DebugAssertEnabled (
);
/**
/**
Returns TRUE if DEBUG() macros are enabled.
This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of
This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@ -188,10 +188,10 @@ DebugPrintEnabled (
);
/**
/**
Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CODE() macros are enabled.
This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@ -205,10 +205,10 @@ DebugCodeEnabled (
);
/**
/**
Returns TRUE if DEBUG_CLEAR_MEMORY() macro is enabled.
This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of
This function returns TRUE if the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of
PcdDebugProperyMask is set. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
@retval TRUE The DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set.
@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
IN CONST UINTN ErrorLevel
);
/**
/**
Internal worker macro that calls DebugAssert().
This macro calls DebugAssert(), passing in the filename, line number, and an
@ -248,15 +248,15 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
#define _ASSERT(Expression) DebugAssert (__FILE__, __LINE__, #Expression)
/**
/**
Internal worker macro that calls DebugPrint().
This macro calls DebugPrint() passing in the debug error level, a format
This macro calls DebugPrint() passing in the debug error level, a format
string, and a variable argument list.
__VA_ARGS__ is not supported by EBC compiler, Microsoft Visual Studio .NET 2003
and Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Driver Development Kit (Microsoft WINDDK) version 3790.1830.
@param Expression Expression containing an error level, a format string,
@param Expression Expression containing an error level, a format string,
and a variable argument list based on the format string.
**/
@ -273,19 +273,19 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
#define _DEBUG(Expression) DebugPrint Expression
#endif
/**
/**
Macro that calls DebugAssert() if an expression evaluates to FALSE.
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the Boolean
expression specified by Expression. If Expression evaluates to FALSE, then
DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line number,
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the Boolean
expression specified by Expression. If Expression evaluates to FALSE, then
DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line number,
and Expression.
@param Expression Boolean expression.
**/
#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
#define ASSERT(Expression) \
do { \
if (DebugAssertEnabled ()) { \
@ -299,19 +299,19 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
#define ASSERT(Expression)
#endif
/**
/**
Macro that calls DebugPrint().
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED
bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro passes Expression to
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_PRINT_ENABLED
bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro passes Expression to
DebugPrint().
@param Expression Expression containing an error level, a format string,
@param Expression Expression containing an error level, a format string,
and a variable argument list based on the format string.
**/
#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
#if !defined(MDEPKG_NDEBUG)
#define DEBUG(Expression) \
do { \
if (DebugPrintEnabled ()) { \
@ -322,13 +322,13 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
#define DEBUG(Expression)
#endif
/**
/**
Macro that calls DebugAssert() if an EFI_STATUS evaluates to an error code.
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the EFI_STATUS
value specified by StatusParameter. If StatusParameter is an error code,
then DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED
bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro evaluates the EFI_STATUS
value specified by StatusParameter. If StatusParameter is an error code,
then DebugAssert() is called passing in the source filename, source line
number, and StatusParameter.
@param StatusParameter EFI_STATUS value to evaluate.
@ -375,23 +375,23 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
#define ASSERT_RETURN_ERROR(StatusParameter)
#endif
/**
Macro that calls DebugAssert() if a protocol is already installed in the
/**
Macro that calls DebugAssert() if a protocol is already installed in the
handle database.
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear, then return.
If Handle is NULL, then a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid
is present on any handle in the handle database. If Handle is not NULL, then
a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid is present on the
handle specified by Handle. If the check finds the protocol, then DebugAssert()
If Handle is NULL, then a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid
is present on any handle in the handle database. If Handle is not NULL, then
a check is made to see if the protocol specified by Guid is present on the
handle specified by Handle. If the check finds the protocol, then DebugAssert()
is called passing in the source filename, source line number, and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Handle The handle to check for the protocol. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then the entire
@param Handle The handle to check for the protocol. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then the entire
handle database is searched.
@param Guid The pointer to a protocol GUID.
@ -421,32 +421,32 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
/**
Macro that marks the beginning of debug source code.
If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
then this macro marks the beginning of source code that is included in a module.
Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
are not included in a module.
**/
#define DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() do { if (DebugCodeEnabled ()) { UINT8 __DebugCodeLocal
/**
/**
The macro that marks the end of debug source code.
If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
then this macro marks the end of source code that is included in a module.
Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
then this macro marks the end of source code that is included in a module.
Otherwise, the source lines between DEBUG_CODE_BEGIN() and DEBUG_CODE_END()
are not included in a module.
**/
#define DEBUG_CODE_END() __DebugCodeLocal = 0; __DebugCodeLocal++; } } while (FALSE)
/**
/**
The macro that declares a section of debug source code.
If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
then the source code specified by Expression is included in a module.
If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_CODE_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
then the source code specified by Expression is included in a module.
Otherwise, the source specified by Expression is not included in a module.
**/
@ -456,10 +456,10 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
DEBUG_CODE_END ()
/**
/**
The macro that calls DebugClearMemory() to clear a buffer to a default value.
If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
If the DEBUG_PROPERTY_CLEAR_MEMORY_ENABLED bit of PcdDebugProperyMask is set,
then this macro calls DebugClearMemory() passing in Address and Length.
@param Address The pointer to a buffer.
@ -475,42 +475,42 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
/**
Macro that calls DebugAssert() if the containing record does not have a
matching signature. If the signatures matches, then a pointer to the data
structure that contains a specified field of that data structure is returned.
This is a lightweight method hide information by placing a public data
structure inside a larger private data structure and using a pointer to the
Macro that calls DebugAssert() if the containing record does not have a
matching signature. If the signatures matches, then a pointer to the data
structure that contains a specified field of that data structure is returned.
This is a lightweight method hide information by placing a public data
structure inside a larger private data structure and using a pointer to the
public data structure to retrieve a pointer to the private data structure.
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is defined or the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
of PcdDebugProperyMask is clear, then this macro computes the offset, in bytes,
of the field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
by TYPE. This offset is subtracted from Record, and is used to return a pointer
of the field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
by TYPE. This offset is subtracted from Record, and is used to return a pointer
to a data structure of the type specified by TYPE.
If MDEPKG_NDEBUG is not defined and the DEBUG_PROPERTY_DEBUG_ASSERT_ENABLED bit
of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro computes the offset, in bytes,
of field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
of PcdDebugProperyMask is set, then this macro computes the offset, in bytes,
of field specified by Field from the beginning of the data structure specified
by TYPE. This offset is subtracted from Record, and is used to compute a pointer
to a data structure of the type specified by TYPE. The Signature field of the
data structure specified by TYPE is compared to TestSignature. If the signatures
match, then a pointer to the pointer to a data structure of the type specified by
TYPE is returned. If the signatures do not match, then DebugAssert() is called
with a description of "CR has a bad signature" and Record is returned.
to a data structure of the type specified by TYPE. The Signature field of the
data structure specified by TYPE is compared to TestSignature. If the signatures
match, then a pointer to the pointer to a data structure of the type specified by
TYPE is returned. If the signatures do not match, then DebugAssert() is called
with a description of "CR has a bad signature" and Record is returned.
If the data type specified by TYPE does not contain the field specified by Field,
If the data type specified by TYPE does not contain the field specified by Field,
then the module will not compile.
If TYPE does not contain a field called Signature, then the module will not
If TYPE does not contain a field called Signature, then the module will not
compile.
@param Record The pointer to the field specified by Field within a data
@param Record The pointer to the field specified by Field within a data
structure of type TYPE.
@param TYPE The name of the data structure type to return This
data structure must contain the field specified by Field.
@param TYPE The name of the data structure type to return This
data structure must contain the field specified by Field.
@param Field The name of the field in the data structure specified
@param Field The name of the field in the data structure specified
by TYPE to which Record points.
@param TestSignature The 32-bit signature value to match.
@ -525,5 +525,5 @@ DebugPrintLevelEnabled (
#define CR(Record, TYPE, Field, TestSignature) \
BASE_CR (Record, TYPE, Field)
#endif
#endif

6
MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugPrintErrorLevelLib.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
Debug Print Error Level Library class
Copyright (c) 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -28,9 +28,9 @@ GetDebugPrintErrorLevel (
/**
Sets the global debug print error level mask fpr the entire platform.
@param ErrorLevel Global debug print error level
@retval TRUE The debug print error level mask was successfully set.
@retval FALSE The debug print error level mask could not be set.

88
MdePkg/Include/Library/DevicePathLib.h
View File

@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
/** @file
Provides library functions to construct and parse UEFI Device Paths.
This library provides defines, macros, and functions to help create and parse
This library provides defines, macros, and functions to help create and parse
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL structures.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ DevicePathSubType (
/**
Returns the 16-bit Length field of a device path node.
Returns the 16-bit Length field of the device path node specified by Node.
Returns the 16-bit Length field of the device path node specified by Node.
Node is not required to be aligned on a 16-bit boundary, so it is recommended
that a function such as ReadUnaligned16() be used to extract the contents of
that a function such as ReadUnaligned16() be used to extract the contents of
the Length field.
If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
@ -119,12 +119,12 @@ NextDevicePathNode (
/**
Determines if a device path node is an end node of a device path.
This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that
This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that
are the end of an entire device path.
Determines if the device path node specified by Node is an end node of a device path.
This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that are the
end of an entire device path. If Node represents an end node of a device path,
Determines if the device path node specified by Node is an end node of a device path.
This includes nodes that are the end of a device path instance and nodes that are the
end of an entire device path. If Node represents an end node of a device path,
then TRUE is returned. Otherwise, FALSE is returned.
If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ NextDevicePathNode (
@retval TRUE The device path node specified by Node is an end node of a device path.
@retval FALSE The device path node specified by Node is not an end node of a device path.
**/
BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ IsDevicePathEndInstance (
/**
Sets the length, in bytes, of a device path node.
Sets the length of the device path node specified by Node to the value specified
by NodeLength. NodeLength is returned. Node is not required to be aligned on
Sets the length of the device path node specified by Node to the value specified
by NodeLength. NodeLength is returned. Node is not required to be aligned on
a 16-bit boundary, so it is recommended that a function such as WriteUnaligned16()
be used to set the contents of the Length field.
@ -211,15 +211,15 @@ SetDevicePathNodeLength (
/**
Fills in all the fields of a device path node that is the end of an entire device path.
Fills in all the fields of a device path node specified by Node so Node represents
the end of an entire device path. The Type field of Node is set to
END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE, the SubType field of Node is set to
END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE, and the Length field of Node is set to
END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH. Node is not required to be aligned on a 16-bit boundary,
so it is recommended that a function such as WriteUnaligned16() be used to set
the contents of the Length field.
Fills in all the fields of a device path node specified by Node so Node represents
the end of an entire device path. The Type field of Node is set to
END_DEVICE_PATH_TYPE, the SubType field of Node is set to
END_ENTIRE_DEVICE_PATH_SUBTYPE, and the Length field of Node is set to
END_DEVICE_PATH_LENGTH. Node is not required to be aligned on a 16-bit boundary,
so it is recommended that a function such as WriteUnaligned16() be used to set
the contents of the Length field.
If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Node is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Node A pointer to a device path node data structure.
@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ SetDevicePathEndNode (
/**
Returns the size of a device path in bytes.
This function returns the size, in bytes, of the device path data structure
This function returns the size, in bytes, of the device path data structure
specified by DevicePath including the end of device path node.
If DevicePath is NULL or invalid, then 0 is returned.
@ -255,15 +255,15 @@ GetDevicePathSize (
This function allocates space for a new copy of the device path specified by DevicePath. If
DevicePath is NULL, then NULL is returned. If the memory is successfully allocated, then the
contents of DevicePath are copied to the newly allocated buffer, and a pointer to that buffer
is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned.
The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory.
It is the responsibility of the caller to free the memory allocated.
is returned. Otherwise, NULL is returned.
The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory.
It is the responsibility of the caller to free the memory allocated.
@param DevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
@retval NULL DevicePath is NULL or invalid.
@retval Others A pointer to the duplicated device path.
**/
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_PROTOCOL *
EFIAPI
@ -276,18 +276,18 @@ DuplicateDevicePath (
This function creates a new device path by appending a copy of SecondDevicePath to a copy of
FirstDevicePath in a newly allocated buffer. Only the end-of-device-path device node from
SecondDevicePath is retained. The newly created device path is returned.
If FirstDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of SecondDevicePath is returned.
If SecondDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of FirstDevicePath is returned.
SecondDevicePath is retained. The newly created device path is returned.
If FirstDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of SecondDevicePath is returned.
If SecondDevicePath is NULL, then it is ignored, and a duplicate of FirstDevicePath is returned.
If both FirstDevicePath and SecondDevicePath are NULL, then a copy of an end-of-device-path is
returned.
returned.
If there is not enough memory for the newly allocated buffer, then NULL is returned.
The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the
responsibility of the caller to free the memory allocated.
@param FirstDevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
@param SecondDevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
@retval NULL If there is not enough memory for the newly allocated buffer.
@retval NULL If FirstDevicePath or SecondDevicePath is invalid.
@retval Others A pointer to the new device path if success.
@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ AppendDevicePath (
node is returned.
If both DevicePathNode and DevicePath are NULL then a copy of an end-of-device-path device node
is returned.
If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
free the memory allocated.
@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ AppendDevicePath (
@retval NULL There is not enough memory for the new device path.
@retval Others A pointer to the new device path if success.
A copy of DevicePathNode followed by an end-of-device-path node
A copy of DevicePathNode followed by an end-of-device-path node
if both FirstDevicePath and SecondDevicePath are NULL.
A copy of an end-of-device-path node if both FirstDevicePath and SecondDevicePath are NULL.
@ -336,18 +336,18 @@ AppendDevicePathNode (
/**
Creates a new device path by appending the specified device path instance to the specified device
path.
This function creates a new device path by appending a copy of the device path instance specified
by DevicePathInstance to a copy of the device path secified by DevicePath in a allocated buffer.
The end-of-device-path device node is moved after the end of the appended device path instance
and a new end-of-device-path-instance node is inserted between.
and a new end-of-device-path-instance node is inserted between.
If DevicePath is NULL, then a copy if DevicePathInstance is returned.
If DevicePathInstance is NULL, then NULL is returned.
If DevicePath or DevicePathInstance is invalid, then NULL is returned.
If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
free the memory allocated.
@param DevicePath A pointer to a device path data structure.
@param DevicePathInstance A pointer to a device path instance.
@ -370,11 +370,11 @@ AppendDevicePathInstance (
to hold the size of the device path instance copy.
If DevicePath is NULL, then NULL is returned.
If DevicePath points to a invalid device path, then NULL is returned.
If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
free the memory allocated.
If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param DevicePath On input, this holds the pointer to the current device path
instance. On output, this holds the pointer to the next device
path instance or NULL if there are no more device path
@ -399,8 +399,8 @@ GetNextDevicePathInstance (
This function creates a new device node in a newly allocated buffer of size NodeLength and
initializes the device path node header with NodeType and NodeSubType. The new device path node
is returned.
If NodeLength is smaller than a device path header, then NULL is returned.
If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
If NodeLength is smaller than a device path header, then NULL is returned.
If there is not enough memory to allocate space for the new device path, then NULL is returned.
The memory is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility of the caller to
free the memory allocated.
@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ IsDevicePathMultiInstance (
This function returns the device path protocol from the handle specified by Handle. If Handle is
NULL or Handle does not contain a device path protocol, then NULL is returned.
@param Handle The handle from which to retrieve the device path protocol.
@return The device path protocol from the handle specified by Handle.
@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ DevicePathFromHandle (
path node for the file specified by FileName is allocated and returned.
The memory for the new device path is allocated from EFI boot services memory. It is the responsibility
of the caller to free the memory allocated.
If FileName is NULL, then ASSERT().
If FileName is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

18
MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeCoreEntryPoint.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
Module entry point library for DXE core.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#define __MODULE_ENTRY_POINT_H__
///
/// Global variable that contains a pointer to the Hob List passed into the DXE Core entry point.
///
/// Global variable that contains a pointer to the Hob List passed into the DXE Core entry point.
///
extern VOID *gHobList;
/**
The entry point of PE/COFF Image for the DXE Core.
The entry point of PE/COFF Image for the DXE Core.
This function is the entry point for the DXE Core. This function is required to call
ProcessModuleEntryPointList() and ProcessModuleEntryPointList() is never expected to return.
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ extern VOID *gHobList;
System Table and the image handle for the DXE Core itself have been established.
If ProcessModuleEntryPointList() returns, then ASSERT() and halt the system.
@param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
@param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
**/
VOID
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ _ModuleEntryPoint (
This function is required to call _ModuleEntryPoint() passing in HobStart.
@param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
@param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
**/
VOID
@ -83,12 +83,12 @@ ProcessLibraryConstructorList (
Autogenerated function that calls a set of module entry points.
This function must be called by _ModuleEntryPoint().
This function calls the set of module entry points.
This function calls the set of module entry points.
This function is autogenerated by build tools and those build tools are responsible
for collecting the module entry points and calling them in a specified order.
@param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
@param HobStart Pointer to the beginning of the HOB List passed in from the PEI Phase.
**/
VOID
EFIAPI

176
MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesLib.h
View File

@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
/** @file
MDE DXE Services Library provides functions that simplify the development of DXE Drivers.
MDE DXE Services Library provides functions that simplify the development of DXE Drivers.
These functions help access data from sections of FFS files or from file path.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
(C) Copyright 2015 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
This program and the accompanying materials are licensed and made available under
the terms and conditions of the BSD License that accompanies this distribution.
The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
@ -18,20 +18,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#define __DXE_SERVICES_LIB_H__
/**
Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
This function searches all the firmware volumes for FFS files with FV file type specified by FileType
The order that the firmware volumes is searched is not deterministic. For each available FV a search
is made for FFS file of type FileType. If the FV contains more than one FFS file with the same FileType,
the FileInstance instance will be the matched FFS file. For each FFS file found a search
is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
The order that the firmware volumes is searched is not deterministic. For each available FV a search
is made for FFS file of type FileType. If the FV contains more than one FFS file with the same FileType,
the FileInstance instance will be the matched FFS file. For each FFS file found a search
is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
are retrieved from an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@param FileType Indicates the FV file type to search for within all available FVs.
@param FileInstance Indicates which file instance within all available FVs specified by FileType.
FileInstance starts from zero.
@param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within the FFS file
@param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within the FFS file
specified by FileType with FileInstance.
@param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
@param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
specified by FileType with FileInstance to retrieve. SectionInstance starts from zero.
@param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer containing the FFS file section that was found.
Is it the caller's responsibility to free this buffer using FreePool().
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The specified FFS section could not be found.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve the matching FFS section.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a device error.
@retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the firmware volume that
@retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the firmware volume that
contains the matching FFS section does not allow reads.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@ -68,18 +68,18 @@ GetSectionFromAnyFvByFileType (
);
/**
Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
Searches all the available firmware volumes and returns the first matching FFS section.
This function searches all the firmware volumes for FFS files with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid.
The order in which the firmware volumes are searched is not deterministic. For each FFS file found, a search
is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
This function searches all the firmware volumes for FFS files with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid.
The order in which the firmware volumes are searched is not deterministic. For each FFS file found, a search
is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances
of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections
are retrieved from an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
@ -88,26 +88,26 @@ GetSectionFromAnyFvByFileType (
If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param NameGuid A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
within any of the firmware volumes in the platform.
@param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
@param NameGuid A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
within any of the firmware volumes in the platform.
@param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
the FFS file specified by NameGuid.
@param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
@param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS file
specified by NameGuid to retrieve.
@param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee-allocated buffer
containing the FFS file section that was found.
It is the caller's responsibility to free this
@param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee-allocated buffer
containing the FFS file section that was found.
It is the caller's responsibility to free this
buffer using FreePool().
@param Size On output, a pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The specified FFS section was returned.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The specified FFS section could not be found.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
the matching FFS section.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
device error.
@retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
@retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
section does not allow reads.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@ -121,49 +121,49 @@ GetSectionFromAnyFv (
);
/**
Searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded from and returns the first matching FFS section.
Searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded from and returns the first matching FFS section.
This function searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded
from for an FFS file with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid. If the FFS file is found, a search
is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance
This function searches the firmware volume that the currently executing module was loaded
from for an FFS file with an FFS filename specified by NameGuid. If the FFS file is found, a search
is made for FFS sections of type SectionType. If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance
instances of the FFS section specified by SectionType, then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer.
Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections are retrieved from
Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(), and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size.
It is the caller's responsibility to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer.
See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for details on how sections are retrieved from
an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
If the currently executing module was not loaded from a firmware volume, then EFI_NOT_FOUND is returned.
If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
If NameGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param NameGuid A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
within the firmware volumes that the currently
@param NameGuid A pointer to to the FFS filename GUID to search for
within the firmware volumes that the currently
executing module was loaded from.
@param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
@param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
the FFS file specified by NameGuid.
@param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS
@param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance within the FFS
file specified by NameGuid to retrieve.
@param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
containing the FFS file section that was found.
It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
@param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
containing the FFS file section that was found.
It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
using FreePool().
@param Size On output, a pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The specified FFS section was returned.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The specified FFS section could not be found.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
the matching FFS section.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
device error.
@retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
section does not allow reads.
@retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
section does not allow reads.
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@ -180,43 +180,43 @@ GetSectionFromFv (
Searches the FFS file the the currently executing module was loaded from and returns the first matching FFS section.
This function searches the FFS file that the currently executing module was loaded from for a FFS sections of type SectionType.
If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances of the FFS section specified by SectionType,
then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer. Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(),
and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size. It is the caller's responsibility
to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer. See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for
If the FFS file contains at least SectionInstance instances of the FFS section specified by SectionType,
then the SectionInstance instance is returned in Buffer. Buffer is allocated using AllocatePool(),
and the size of the allocated buffer is returned in Size. It is the caller's responsibility
to use FreePool() to free the allocated buffer. See EFI_FIRMWARE_VOLUME2_PROTOCOL.ReadSection() for
details on how sections are retrieved from an FFS file based on SectionType and SectionInstance.
If the currently executing module was not loaded from an FFS file, then EFI_NOT_FOUND is returned.
If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
If SectionType is EFI_SECTION_TE, and the search with an FFS file fails,
the search will be retried with a section type of EFI_SECTION_PE32.
This function must be called with a TPL <= TPL_NOTIFY.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Size is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
the FFS file that the currently executing module
@param SectionType Indicates the FFS section type to search for within
the FFS file that the currently executing module
was loaded from.
@param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance to retrieve within
the FFS file that the currently executing module
@param SectionInstance Indicates which section instance to retrieve within
the FFS file that the currently executing module
was loaded from.
@param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
containing the FFS file section that was found.
It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
@param Buffer On output, a pointer to a callee allocated buffer
containing the FFS file section that was found.
It is the caller's responsibility to free this buffer
using FreePool().
@param Size On output, a pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The specified FFS section was returned.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND The specified FFS section could not be found.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to retrieve
the matching FFS section.
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
@retval EFI_DEVICE_ERROR The FFS section could not be retrieves due to a
device error.
@retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
section does not allow reads.
@retval EFI_ACCESS_DENIED The FFS section could not be retrieves because the
firmware volume that contains the matching FFS
section does not allow reads.
**/
EFI_STATUS
EFIAPI
@ -229,22 +229,22 @@ GetSectionFromFfs (
/**
Get the image file buffer data and buffer size by its device path.
Access the file either from a firmware volume, from a file system interface,
Get the image file buffer data and buffer size by its device path.
Access the file either from a firmware volume, from a file system interface,
or from the load file interface.
Allocate memory to store the found image. The caller is responsible to free memory.
If FilePath is NULL, then NULL is returned.
If FileSize is NULL, then NULL is returned.
If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then NULL is returned.
@param[in] BootPolicy The policy for Open Image File.If TRUE,
indicates that the request originates from
@param[in] BootPolicy The policy for Open Image File.If TRUE,
indicates that the request originates from
the boot manager, and that the boot manager is
attempting to load FilePath as a boot selection.
If FALSE, then FilePath must match an exact
attempting to load FilePath as a boot selection.
If FALSE, then FilePath must match an exact
file to be loaded.
@param[in] FilePath Pointer to the device path of the file that is abstracted to
the file buffer.

18
MdePkg/Include/Library/DxeServicesTableLib.h
View File

@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
/** @file
Provides a service to retrieve a pointer to the DXE Services Table.
Only available to DXE module types.
This library does not contain any functions or macros. It simply exports a global
pointer to the DXE Services Table as defined in the Platform Initialization Driver
Execution Environment Core Interface Specification. The library constructor must
This library does not contain any functions or macros. It simply exports a global
pointer to the DXE Services Table as defined in the Platform Initialization Driver
Execution Environment Core Interface Specification. The library constructor must
initialize this global pointer to the DX Services Table, so it is available at the
module's entry point. Since there is overhead in looking up the pointer to the DXE
Services Table, only those modules that actually require access to the DXE Services
Table should use this library. This will typically be DXE Drivers that require GCD
module's entry point. Since there is overhead in looking up the pointer to the DXE
Services Table, only those modules that actually require access to the DXE Services
Table should use this library. This will typically be DXE Drivers that require GCD
or Dispatcher services.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at

52
MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtendedSalLib.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
Library class definition of Extended SAL Library.
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2011, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2007 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/**
Register ESAL Class and its associated global.
This function Registers one or more Extended SAL services in a given
class along with the associated global context.
This function is only available prior to ExitBootServices().
@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The Extended SAL services were registered.
@retval EFI_UNSUPPORTED This function was called after ExitBootServices().
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to register one or more of the specified services.
@retval Other ClassGuid could not be installed onto a new handle.
@retval Other ClassGuid could not be installed onto a new handle.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ RegisterEsalClass (
/**
Calls an Extended SAL Class service that was previously registered with RegisterEsalClass().
This function calls an Extended SAL Class service that was previously registered with RegisterEsalClass().
@param ClassGuidLo GUID of function, lower 64-bits
@ -59,11 +59,11 @@ RegisterEsalClass (
@param Arg6 Argument 6 ClassGuid/FunctionId defined
@param Arg7 Argument 7 ClassGuid/FunctionId defined
@param Arg8 Argument 8 ClassGuid/FunctionId defined
@retval EFI_SAL_ERROR The address of ExtendedSalProc() can not be determined
for the current CPU execution mode.
@retval Other See the return status from ExtendedSalProc() in the
EXTENDED_SAL_BOOT_SERVICE_PROTOCOL.
EXTENDED_SAL_BOOT_SERVICE_PROTOCOL.
**/
SAL_RETURN_REGS
@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ EsalCall (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalStallFunctionId service of Extended SAL Stall Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalStallFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Stall Services Class. See EsalStallFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ EsalStall (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalSetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL PAL Services Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalSetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL
PAL Services Services Class. See EsalSetNewPalEntryFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ EsalSetNewPalEntry (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalGetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL PAL Services Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetNewPalEntryFunctionId service of Extended SAL
PAL Services Services Class. See EsalGetNewPalEntryFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ EsalGetNewPalEntry (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalGetStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Log Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MCA Log Services Class. See EsalGetStateBufferFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ EsalGetStateBuffer (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalSaveStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Log Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalSaveStateBufferFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MCA Log Services Class. See EsalSaveStateBufferFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ EsalSaveStateBuffer (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalGetVectorsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetVectorsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Base Services Class. See EsalGetVectorsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ EsalGetVectors (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Base Services Class. See EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ EsalMcGetParams (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Base Services Class. See EsalMcGetParamsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ EsalMcGetMcParams (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalGetMcCheckinFlagsFunctionId service of Extended SAL Base Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetMcCheckinFlagsFunctionId service of Extended SAL
Base Services Class. See EsalGetMcCheckinFlagsFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ EsalGetMcCheckinFlags (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalAddCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalAddCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalAddCpuDataFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ EsalAddCpuData (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalRemoveCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalRemoveCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalRemoveCpuDataFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ EsalRemoveCpuData (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalModifyCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalModifyCpuDataFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalModifyCpuDataFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ EsalModifyCpuData (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIdFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIdFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalGetCpuDataByIdFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ EsalGetCpuDataById (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIndexFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetCpuDataByIndexFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalGetCpuDataByIndexFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ EsalGetCpuDataByIndex (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalWhoAmIFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalWhoAmIFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalWhoAmIFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ EsalWhoAmI (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalNumProcessors service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalNumProcessors service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalNumProcessors of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ EsalNumProcessors (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalSetMinStateFnctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalSetMinStateFnctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalSetMinStateFnctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ EsalSetMinState (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalGetMinStateFunctionId service of Extended SAL MP Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalGetMinStateFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MP Services Class. See EsalGetMinStateFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ EsalGetMinState (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalMcsGetStateInfoFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcsGetStateInfoFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MCA Services Class. See EsalMcsGetStateInfoFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.
@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ EsalMcaGetStateInfo (
/**
Wrapper for the EsalMcaRegisterCpuFunctionId service of Extended SAL MCA Services Class.
This function is a wrapper for the EsalMcaRegisterCpuFunctionId service of Extended SAL
MCA Services Class. See EsalMcaRegisterCpuFunctionId of Extended SAL Specification.

94
MdePkg/Include/Library/ExtractGuidedSectionLib.h
View File

@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
/** @file
This library provides common functions to process the different guided section data.
This library provides functions to process GUIDed sections of FFS files. Handlers may
be registered to decode GUIDed sections of FFS files. Services are provided to determine
the set of supported section GUIDs, collection information about a specific GUIDed section,
and decode a specific GUIDed section.
A library instance that produces this library class may be used to produce a
EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI or a EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL
This library provides common functions to process the different guided section data.
This library provides functions to process GUIDed sections of FFS files. Handlers may
be registered to decode GUIDed sections of FFS files. Services are provided to determine
the set of supported section GUIDs, collection information about a specific GUIDed section,
and decode a specific GUIDed section.
A library instance that produces this library class may be used to produce a
EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI or a EFI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PROTOCOL
providing a simple method to extend the number of GUIDed sections types a platform supports.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2010, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -27,16 +27,16 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Examines a GUIDed section and returns the size of the decoded buffer and the
size of an optional scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports,
then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the required information can not be retrieved from InputSection,
then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports,
then the size required to hold the decoded buffer is returned in OututBufferSize,
the size of an optional scratch buffer is returned in ScratchSize, and the Attributes field
from EFI_GUID_DEFINED_SECTION header of InputSection is returned in SectionAttribute.
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
@ -67,16 +67,16 @@ RETURN_STATUS
/**
Decodes a GUIDed section into a caller allocated output buffer.
Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match the GUID that this handler supports, then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the data in InputSection can not be decoded, then RETURN_INVALID_PARAMETER is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then InputSection
is decoded into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus. If the decoded buffer is identical to the
data in InputSection, then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection. Otherwise,
the decoded data will be placed in caller allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer.
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ RETURN_STATUS
@param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
@param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
@param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
@param[out] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function
as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
@param[out] AuthenticationStatus
as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
@param[out] AuthenticationStatus
A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer.
See the definition of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI
section of the PI Specification. EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE must
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ RETURN_STATUS
Registers the handlers specified by GetInfoHandler and DecodeHandler with the GUID specified by SectionGuid.
If the GUID value specified by SectionGuid has already been registered, then return RETURN_ALREADY_STARTED.
If there are not enough resources available to register the handlers then RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES is returned.
If SectionGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If GetInfoHandler is NULL, then ASSERT().
If DecodeHandler is NULL, then ASSERT().
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ RETURN_STATUS
size of the decoded buffer and the size of an optional scratch buffer
required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
@param[in] DecodeHandler Pointer to a function that decodes a GUIDed section into a caller
allocated output buffer.
allocated output buffer.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The handlers were registered.
@retval RETURN_OUT_OF_RESOURCES There are not enough resources available to register the handlers.
@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers (
Sets ExtractHandlerGuidTable so it points at a callee allocated array of registered GUIDs.
The total number of GUIDs in the array are returned. Since the array of GUIDs is callee allocated
and caller must treat this array of GUIDs as read-only data.
and caller must treat this array of GUIDs as read-only data.
If ExtractHandlerGuidTable is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[out] ExtractHandlerGuidTable A pointer to the array of GUIDs that have been registered through
@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetGuidList (
The selected handler is used to retrieve and return the size of the decoded buffer and the size of an
optional scratch buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
Examines a GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match any of the GUIDs registered through ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers(),
then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then the the associated handler
then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then the the associated handler
of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER that was registered with ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers()
is used to retrieve the OututBufferSize, ScratchSize, and Attributes values. The return status from the handler of
type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER is returned.
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBufferSize is NULL, then ASSERT().
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo (
IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
OUT UINT32 *OutputBufferSize,
OUT UINT32 *ScratchBufferSize,
OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
OUT UINT16 *SectionAttribute
);
/**
@ -208,26 +208,26 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionGetInfo (
The selected handler is used to decode the data in a GUIDed section and return the result in a caller
allocated output buffer.
Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
Decodes the GUIDed section specified by InputSection.
If GUID for InputSection does not match any of the GUIDs registered through ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers(),
then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
then RETURN_UNSUPPORTED is returned.
If the GUID of InputSection does match the GUID that this handler supports, then the the associated handler
of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER that was registered with ExtractGuidedSectionRegisterHandlers()
is used to decode InputSection into the buffer specified by OutputBuffer and the authentication status of this
decode operation is returned in AuthenticationStatus. If the decoded buffer is identical to the data in InputSection,
then OutputBuffer is set to point at the data in InputSection. Otherwise, the decoded data will be placed in caller
allocated buffer specified by OutputBuffer. This function is responsible for computing the EFI_AUTH_STATUS_PLATFORM_OVERRIDE
bit of in AuthenticationStatus. The return status from the handler of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER is returned.
bit of in AuthenticationStatus. The return status from the handler of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER is returned.
If InputSection is NULL, then ASSERT().
If OutputBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If ScratchBuffer is NULL and this decode operation requires a scratch buffer, then ASSERT().
If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then ASSERT().
If AuthenticationStatus is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] InputSection A pointer to a GUIDed section of an FFS formatted file.
@param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
@param[in] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
@param[out] AuthenticationStatus
@param[out] OutputBuffer A pointer to a buffer that contains the result of a decode operation.
@param[in] ScratchBuffer A caller allocated buffer that may be required by this function as a scratch buffer to perform the decode operation.
@param[out] AuthenticationStatus
A pointer to the authentication status of the decoded output buffer. See the definition
of authentication status in the EFI_PEI_GUIDED_SECTION_EXTRACTION_PPI section of the PI
Specification.
@ -243,27 +243,27 @@ ExtractGuidedSectionDecode (
IN CONST VOID *InputSection,
OUT VOID **OutputBuffer,
IN VOID *ScratchBuffer, OPTIONAL
OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
OUT UINT32 *AuthenticationStatus
);
/**
Retrieves handlers of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER and
Retrieves handlers of type EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_GET_INFO_HANDLER and
EXTRACT_GUIDED_SECTION_DECODE_HANDLER for a specific GUID section type.
Retrieves the handlers associated with SectionGuid and returns them in
Retrieves the handlers associated with SectionGuid and returns them in
GetInfoHandler and DecodeHandler.
If the GUID value specified by SectionGuid has not been registered, then
If the GUID value specified by SectionGuid has not been registered, then
return RETURN_NOT_FOUND.
If SectionGuid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] SectionGuid A pointer to the GUID associated with the handlersof the GUIDed
@param[in] SectionGuid A pointer to the GUID associated with the handlersof the GUIDed
section type being retrieved.
@param[out] GetInfoHandler Pointer to a function that examines a GUIDed section and returns
the size of the decoded buffer and the size of an optional scratch
buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
This is an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then
@param[out] GetInfoHandler Pointer to a function that examines a GUIDed section and returns
the size of the decoded buffer and the size of an optional scratch
buffer required to actually decode the data in a GUIDed section.
This is an optional parameter that may be NULL. If it is NULL, then
the previously registered handler is not returned.
@param[out] DecodeHandler Pointer to a function that decodes a GUIDed section into a caller
allocated output buffer. This is an optional parameter that may be NULL.

18
MdePkg/Include/Library/FileHandleLib.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
Provides interface to EFI_FILE_HANDLE functionality.
Copyright (c) 2009 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2009 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -249,8 +249,8 @@ FileHandleFlush (
@param[in] DirHandle Handle to open file.
@retval EFI_SUCCESS DirHandle is a directory.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DirHandle is NULL.
The file information returns from FileHandleGetInfo is NULL.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER DirHandle is NULL.
The file information returns from FileHandleGetInfo is NULL.
@retval EFI_NOT_FOUND DirHandle is not a directory.
**/
EFI_STATUS
@ -357,8 +357,8 @@ FileHandleSetSize (
/**
Function to get a full filename given a EFI_FILE_HANDLE somewhere lower on the
directory 'stack'. If the file is a directory, then append the '\' char at the
end of name string. If it's not a directory, then the last '\' should not be
directory 'stack'. If the file is a directory, then append the '\' char at the
end of name string. If it's not a directory, then the last '\' should not be
added.
@param[in] Handle Handle to the Directory or File to create path to.
@ -439,11 +439,11 @@ FileHandleReturnLine(
/**
Function to write a line of text to a file.
If the file is a Unicode file (with UNICODE file tag) then write the unicode
If the file is a Unicode file (with UNICODE file tag) then write the unicode
text.
If the file is an ASCII file then write the ASCII text.
If the size of file is zero (without file tag at the beginning) then write
If the size of file is zero (without file tag at the beginning) then write
ASCII text as default.
@param[in] Handle FileHandle to write to.
@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ FileHandleReturnLine(
@retval EFI_SUCCESS The data was written.
Buffer is NULL.
@retval EFI_INVALID_PARAMETER Handle is NULL.
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Unable to allocate temporary space for ASCII
@retval EFI_OUT_OF_RESOURCES Unable to allocate temporary space for ASCII
string due to out of resources.
@sa FileHandleWrite

4
MdePkg/Include/Library/HobLib.h
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
allows the PEI phase to pass information to the DXE phase. HOBs are position
independent and can be relocated easily to different memory locations.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ BuildModuleHob (
This function builds a HOB that describes a chunk of system memory.
It can only be invoked during PEI phase;
for DXE phase, it will ASSERT() since PEI HOB is read-only for DXE phase.
If there is no additional space for HOB creation, then ASSERT().
@param ResourceType The type of resource described by this HOB.

126
MdePkg/Include/Library/IoLib.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
Provide services to access I/O Ports and MMIO registers.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2017, AMD Incorporated. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
@ -20,14 +20,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/**
Macro that converts PCI Segment and I/O Port to an address that can be
passed to the I/O Library functions.
Computes an address that is compatible with the I/O Library functions.
The unused upper bits of Segment, and Port are stripped prior to the
Computes an address that is compatible with the I/O Library functions.
The unused upper bits of Segment, and Port are stripped prior to the
generation of the address.
@param Segment PCI Segment number. Range 0..65535.
@param Port I/O Port number. Range 0..65535.
@return An address that the I/o Library functions need.
**/
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ IoAnd8 (
);
/**
Reads an 8-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
Reads an 8-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 8-bit I/O port.
Reads the 8-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ IoBitFieldRead8 (
Writes Value to the bit field of the I/O register. The bit field is specified
by the StartBit and the EndBit. All other bits in the destination I/O
register are preserved. The value written to the I/O port is returned.
register are preserved. The value written to the I/O port is returned.
If 8-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If StartBit is greater than 7, then ASSERT().
@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ IoRead16 (
If 16-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@param Port The I/O port to write.
@param Value The value to write to the I/O port.
@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ IoOr16 (
If 16-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@param Port The I/O port to write.
@param AndData The value to AND with the read value from the I/O port.
@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ IoAnd16 (
);
/**
Reads a 16-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
Reads a 16-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 16-bit I/O port.
Reads the 16-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ IoAnd16 (
If 16-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@param Port The I/O port to write.
@param AndData The value to AND with the read value from the I/O port.
@param OrData The value to OR with the result of the AND operation.
@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ IoBitFieldAndThenOr16 (
If 32-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@param Port The I/O port to read.
@return The value read.
@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ IoRead32 (
If 32-bit I/O port operations are not supported, then ASSERT().
If Port is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@param Port The I/O port to write.
@param Value The value to write to the I/O port.
@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ IoAnd32 (
);
/**
Reads a 32-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
Reads a 32-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 32-bit I/O port.
Reads the 32-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ IoAnd64 (
);
/**
Reads a 64-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
Reads a 64-bit I/O port, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 64-bit I/O port.
Reads the 64-bit I/O port specified by Port, performs a bitwise AND between
@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ MmioRead8 (
@param Address The MMIO register to write.
@param Value The value to write to the MMIO register.
@return Value.
**/
@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ MmioWrite8 (
Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
result back to the 8-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ MmioAnd8 (
);
/**
Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
Reads an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 8-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite8 (
Reads a bit field in an 8-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
writes the result back to the bit field in the 8-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
Reads the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 8-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ MmioRead16 (
@param Address The MMIO register to write.
@param Value The value to write to the MMIO register.
@return Value.
**/
@ -1719,7 +1719,7 @@ MmioWrite16 (
Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
result back to the 16-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ MmioAnd16 (
);
/**
Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
Reads a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 16-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite16 (
Reads a bit field in a 16-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
writes the result back to the bit field in the 16-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
Reads the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 16-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ MmioRead32 (
@param Address The MMIO register to write.
@param Value The value to write to the MMIO register.
@return Value.
**/
@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ MmioWrite32 (
Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
result back to the 32-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ MmioAnd32 (
);
/**
Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
Reads a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 32-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@ -2164,7 +2164,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite32 (
Reads a bit field in a 32-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
writes the result back to the bit field in the 32-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
Reads the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 32-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@ -2321,7 +2321,7 @@ MmioWrite64 (
Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and writes the
result back to the 64-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ MmioAnd64 (
);
/**
Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
Reads a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise AND followed by a bitwise
OR, and writes the result back to the 64-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise AND
@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ MmioBitFieldWrite64 (
Reads a bit field in a 64-bit MMIO register, performs a bitwise OR, and
writes the result back to the bit field in the 64-bit MMIO register.
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
Reads the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address, performs a bitwise
OR between the read result and the value specified by OrData, and
writes the result to the 64-bit MMIO register specified by Address. The value
written to the MMIO register is returned. This function must guarantee that
@ -2578,11 +2578,11 @@ MmioBitFieldAndThenOr64 (
/**
Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 8-bit access.
Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
to system memory specified by Buffer by using 8-bit access. The total
Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
to system memory specified by Buffer by using 8-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@ -2604,13 +2604,13 @@ MmioReadBuffer8 (
/**
Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 16-bit access.
Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
to system memory specified by Buffer by using 16-bit access. The total
Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
to system memory specified by Buffer by using 16-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@ -2634,13 +2634,13 @@ MmioReadBuffer16 (
/**
Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 32-bit access.
Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
to system memory specified by Buffer by using 32-bit access. The total
Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
to system memory specified by Buffer by using 32-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@ -2664,13 +2664,13 @@ MmioReadBuffer32 (
/**
Copy data from MMIO region to system memory by using 64-bit access.
Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
to system memory specified by Buffer by using 64-bit access. The total
Copy data from MMIO region specified by starting address StartAddress
to system memory specified by Buffer by using 64-bit access. The total
number of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@ -2694,11 +2694,11 @@ MmioReadBuffer64 (
/**
Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 8-bit access.
Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
by starting address StartAddress by using 8-bit access. The total number
Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
by starting address StartAddress by using 8-bit access. The total number
of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@ -2720,13 +2720,13 @@ MmioWriteBuffer8 (
/**
Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 16-bit access.
Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
by starting address StartAddress by using 16-bit access. The total number
Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
by starting address StartAddress by using 16-bit access. The total number
of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 16-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@ -2751,13 +2751,13 @@ MmioWriteBuffer16 (
/**
Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 32-bit access.
Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
by starting address StartAddress by using 32-bit access. The total number
Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
by starting address StartAddress by using 32-bit access. The total number
of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 32-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
@ -2782,13 +2782,13 @@ MmioWriteBuffer32 (
/**
Copy data from system memory to MMIO region by using 64-bit access.
Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
by starting address StartAddress by using 64-bit access. The total number
Copy data from system memory specified by Buffer to MMIO region specified
by starting address StartAddress by using 64-bit access. The total number
of byte to be copied is specified by Length. Buffer is returned.
If StartAddress is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - StartAddress + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS -Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If Length is not aligned on a 64-bit boundary, then ASSERT().

76
MdePkg/Include/Library/MemoryAllocationLib.h
View File

@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
/** @file
Provides services to allocate and free memory buffers of various memory types and alignments.
The Memory Allocation Library abstracts various common memory allocation operations. This library
allows code to be written in a phase-independent manner because the allocation of memory in PEI, DXE,
and SMM (for example) is done via a different mechanism. Using a common library interface makes it
much easier to port algorithms from phase to phase.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2013, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
The Memory Allocation Library abstracts various common memory allocation operations. This library
allows code to be written in a phase-independent manner because the allocation of memory in PEI, DXE,
and SMM (for example) is done via a different mechanism. Using a common library interface makes it
much easier to port algorithms from phase to phase.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ AllocateReservedPages (
must have been allocated on a previous call to the page allocation services of the Memory
Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
If Buffer was not allocated with a page allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ FreePages (
alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ AllocateAlignedPages (
alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ AllocateAlignedRuntimePages (
alignment specified by Alignment. The allocated buffer is returned. If Pages is 0, then NULL is
returned. If there is not enough memory at the specified alignment remaining to satisfy the
request, then NULL is returned.
If Alignment is not a power of two and Alignment is not zero, then ASSERT().
If Pages plus EFI_SIZE_TO_PAGES (Alignment) overflows, then ASSERT().
@ -182,13 +182,13 @@ AllocateAlignedReservedPages (
Frees the number of 4KB pages specified by Pages from the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer
must have been allocated on a previous call to the aligned page allocation services of the Memory
Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free allocated pages, then this function will
perform no actions.
If Buffer was not allocated with an aligned page allocation function in the Memory Allocation
Library, then ASSERT().
If Pages is zero, then ASSERT().
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer of pages to free.
@param Pages The number of 4 KB pages to free.
@ -318,9 +318,9 @@ AllocateReservedZeroPool (
AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ AllocateCopyPool (
AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@ -366,9 +366,9 @@ AllocateRuntimeCopyPool (
AllocationSize bytes from Buffer to the newly allocated buffer, and returns a pointer to the
allocated buffer. If AllocationSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there
is not enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
If AllocationSize is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - Buffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param AllocationSize The number of bytes to allocate and zero.
@param Buffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer.
@ -387,18 +387,18 @@ AllocateReservedCopyPool (
Reallocates a buffer of type EfiBootServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
EfiBootServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
EfiBootServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
is greater than (MAX_ADDRESS - OldBuffer + 1), then ASSERT().
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
@param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
@param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@ -416,10 +416,10 @@ ReallocatePool (
Reallocates a buffer of type EfiRuntimeServicesData.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
EfiRuntimeServicesData. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ ReallocatePool (
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
@param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
@param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@ -445,10 +445,10 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool (
Reallocates a buffer of type EfiReservedMemoryType.
Allocates and zeros the number bytes specified by NewSize from memory of type
EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
EfiReservedMemoryType. If OldBuffer is not NULL, then the smaller of OldSize and
NewSize bytes are copied from OldBuffer to the newly allocated buffer, and
OldBuffer is freed. A pointer to the newly allocated buffer is returned.
If NewSize is 0, then a valid buffer of 0 size is returned. If there is not
enough memory remaining to satisfy the request, then NULL is returned.
If the allocation of the new buffer is successful and the smaller of NewSize and OldSize
@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ ReallocateRuntimePool (
@param OldSize The size, in bytes, of OldBuffer.
@param NewSize The size, in bytes, of the buffer to reallocate.
@param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
@param OldBuffer The buffer to copy to the allocated buffer. This is an optional
parameter that may be NULL.
@return A pointer to the allocated buffer or NULL if allocation fails.
@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ ReallocateReservedPool (
Frees the buffer specified by Buffer. Buffer must have been allocated on a previous call to the
pool allocation services of the Memory Allocation Library. If it is not possible to free pool
resources, then this function will perform no actions.
If Buffer was not allocated with a pool allocation function in the Memory Allocation Library,
then ASSERT().

20
MdePkg/Include/Library/PalLib.h
View File

@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
/** @file
Provides library services to make PAL Calls.
The PAL Library provides a service to make a PAL CALL. This service is identical
in functionality to AsmPalCall() in the functions of the Base Library specific to Intel Itanium architecture.
The only difference is that the PAL Entry Point is not passed in. Implementations
of this library class must manage PAL Entry Point on their own. For example, a PEI
implementation can use a PPI to lookup the PAL Entry Point, and a DXE implementation
can contain a constructor to look up the PAL Entry Point from a HOB. This library class
can contain a constructor to look up the PAL Entry Point from a HOB. This library class
is only available on Intel Itanium-based platforms.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2008, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
http://opensource.org/licenses/bsd-license.php
THE PROGRAM IS DISTRIBUTED UNDER THE BSD LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/

408
MdePkg/Include/Library/PcdLib.h
View File

@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
LibPatchPcdSetPtr() interface. For FeatureFlag/Fixed PCD, the macro interface is
translated to a variable or macro that is auto-generated by build tool in
module's autogen.h/autogen.c.
The PcdGetXX(), PcdSetXX(), PcdToken(), and PcdGetNextTokenSpace() operations are
only available prior to ExitBootServices(). If access to PCD values are required
The PcdGetXX(), PcdSetXX(), PcdToken(), and PcdGetNextTokenSpace() operations are
only available prior to ExitBootServices(). If access to PCD values are required
at runtime, then their values must be collected prior to ExitBootServices().
There are no restrictions on the use of FeaturePcd(), FixedPcdGetXX(),
PatchPcdGetXX(), and PatchPcdSetXX().
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return The Boolean value for the token.
@return The Boolean value for the token.
**/
#define FixedPcdGetBool(TokenName) _PCD_VALUE_##TokenName
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A pointer to the buffer.
@return A pointer to the buffer.
**/
#define FixedPcdGetPtr(TokenName) ((VOID *)_PCD_VALUE_##TokenName)
@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@param TokenName The name of the binary patchable PCD token to set the current value for.
@param Value The 8-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
**/
@ -320,17 +320,17 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/**
Sets a pointer to a binary patchable PCD token buffer based on a token name.
Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.
Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.
If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by TokenName, then set SizeOfBuffer
to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be
to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be
set to the maximum size supported by TokenName and NULL must be returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
If TokenName is not a patchable in module PCD, then the module will not build.
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param TokenName The name of the binary patchable PCD token to set the current value for.
@param SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param Buffer Pointer to the value to set.
@ -348,10 +348,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
)
/**
Retrieves an 8-bit PCD token value based on a token name.
Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenName.
@ -460,10 +460,10 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/**
Retrieves the size of the PCD token based on a token name.
Returns the size of the token specified by TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
@param[in] TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value size for.
@return Return the size
@ -474,11 +474,11 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/**
Retrieve the size of a given PCD token.
Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value size for.
@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@param Value The 8-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
**/
@ -551,17 +551,17 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/**
Sets a pointer to a PCD token buffer based on a token name.
Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.
If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by TokenName,
then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL
to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer
is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the maximum size supported
Sets the buffer for the token specified by TokenName. Buffer is returned.
If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by TokenName,
then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenName and return NULL
to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer
is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the maximum size supported
by TokenName and NULL must be returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param Buffer A pointer to the buffer to set.
@ -571,11 +571,11 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
**/
#define PcdSetPtr(TokenName, SizeOfBuffer, Buffer) \
_PCD_SET_MODE_PTR_##TokenName ((SizeOfBuffer), (Buffer))
/**
Sets a Boolean PCD token value based on a token name.
Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenName. Value is returned.
Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenName. Value is returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@ -689,9 +689,9 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Returns the token number for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space, then the module will not build.
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return Return the token number.
@ -702,14 +702,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Retrieves an 8-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return An 8-bit PCD token value.
@ -720,14 +720,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Retrieves a 16-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A 16-bit PCD token value.
@ -739,14 +739,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Retrieves a 32-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A 32-bit PCD token value.
@ -758,14 +758,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Retrieves a 64-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A 64-bit PCD token value.
@ -777,14 +777,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Retrieves a pointer to a PCD token buffer based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns a pointer to the buffer for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A pointer to a PCD token buffer.
@ -796,14 +796,14 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Retrieves a Boolean PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Returns the Boolean value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to retrieve a current value for.
@return A Boolean PCD token value.
@ -817,15 +817,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Sets an 8-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param Value The 8-bit value to set.
@param Value The 8-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
@ -837,15 +837,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Sets a 16-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param Value The 16-bit value to set.
@param Value The 16-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
@ -857,15 +857,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Sets a 32-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param Value The 32-bit value to set.
@param Value The 32-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
@ -877,15 +877,15 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
Sets a 64-bit PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param Value The 64-bit value to set.
@param Value The 64-bit value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
@ -896,25 +896,25 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/**
Sets a pointer to a PCD token buffer based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the buffer for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Buffer is returned.
If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName,
then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName and return
NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer
Sets the buffer for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Buffer is returned.
If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName,
then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by Guid and TokenName and return
NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed. If SizeOfBuffer
is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the maximum size supported by
Guid and TokenName and NULL must be returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param Buffer Pointer to the buffer to set.
@return Return the pointer to the Buffer that was set.
**/
@ -925,20 +925,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
/**
Sets a Boolean PCD token value based on a GUID and a token name.
Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by Guid and TokenName. Value is returned.
If TokenName is not a valid token in the token space specified by Guid,
then the module will not build.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param TokenName The name of the PCD token to set the current value for.
@param Value The Boolean value to set.
@return Return the Value that was set.
**/
**/
#define PcdSetExBool(Guid, TokenName, Value) \
LibPcdSetExBool((Guid), PcdTokenEx(Guid,TokenName), (Value))
#endif
@ -1088,12 +1088,12 @@ LibPcdSetSku (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@return Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@return Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
**/
UINT8
@ -1105,12 +1105,12 @@ LibPcdGet8 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@return Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@return Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
**/
UINT16
@ -1122,8 +1122,8 @@ LibPcdGet16 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ LibPcdGet32 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1156,7 +1156,7 @@ LibPcdGet64 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the pointer to the buffer of the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1173,15 +1173,15 @@ LibPcdGetPtr (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@return Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
@return Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber.
**/
BOOLEAN
BOOLEAN
EFIAPI
LibPcdGetBool (
IN UINTN TokenNumber
@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ LibPcdGetBool (
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@return Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber.
@return Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber.
**/
UINTN
@ -1205,12 +1205,12 @@ LibPcdGetSize (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
Returns the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1229,10 +1229,10 @@ LibPcdGetEx8 (
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1249,9 +1249,9 @@ LibPcdGetEx16 (
/**
Returns the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1268,12 +1268,12 @@ LibPcdGetEx32 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
Returns the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1290,12 +1290,12 @@ LibPcdGetEx64 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the pointer to the buffer of token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
Returns the pointer to the buffer of token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1312,12 +1312,12 @@ LibPcdGetExPtr (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve a value for a given PCD token.
Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
Returns the Boolean value of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1334,12 +1334,12 @@ LibPcdGetExBool (
/**
This function provides a means by which to retrieve the size of a given PCD token.
Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
Returns the size of the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates
which namespace to retrieve a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to retrieve a current value for.
@ -1357,8 +1357,8 @@ LibPcdGetExSize (
#ifndef DISABLE_NEW_DEPRECATED_INTERFACES
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@ -1377,8 +1377,8 @@ LibPcdSet8 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@ -1397,8 +1397,8 @@ LibPcdSet16 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@ -1417,8 +1417,8 @@ LibPcdSet32 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@ -1437,19 +1437,19 @@ LibPcdSet64 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value
specified by Buffer and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned.
If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size support by TokenNumber,
then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenNumber and
Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value
specified by Buffer and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned.
If SizeOfBuffer is greater than the maximum size support by TokenNumber,
then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size supported by TokenNumber and
return NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the
If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to the
maximum size supported by TokenName and NULL must be returned.
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer The size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to set.
@ -1468,8 +1468,8 @@ LibPcdSetPtr (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber
Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber
to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@ -1488,13 +1488,13 @@ LibPcdSetBool (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Sets the 8-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The 8-bit value to set.
@ -1513,13 +1513,13 @@ LibPcdSetEx8 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Sets the 16-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The 16-bit value to set.
@ -1538,13 +1538,13 @@ LibPcdSetEx16 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Sets the 32-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The 32-bit value to set.
@ -1563,13 +1563,13 @@ LibPcdSetEx32 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Sets the 64-bit value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The 64-bit value to set.
@ -1588,18 +1588,18 @@ LibPcdSetEx64 (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value specified by
Buffer and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
the maximum size support by TokenNumber, then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size
supported by TokenNumber and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
Sets a buffer for the token specified by TokenNumber to the value specified by
Buffer and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
the maximum size support by TokenNumber, then set SizeOfBuffer to the maximum size
supported by TokenNumber and return NULL to indicate that the set operation
was not actually performed.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer The size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@ -1620,13 +1620,13 @@ LibPcdSetExPtr (
/**
This function provides a means by which to set a value for a given PCD token.
Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Sets the Boolean value for the token specified by TokenNumber and
Guid to the value specified by Value. Value is returned.
If Guid is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that
designates which namespace to set a value from.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to set a current value for.
@param[in] Value The Boolean value to set.
@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ LibPcdSetExBoolS (
Secondly, it provides a mechanism for the module that did the registration to intercept
the set operation and override the value been set if necessary. After the invocation of
the callback function, TokenData will be used by PCD service PEIM or driver to modify th
internal data in PCD database.
internal data in PCD database.
@param[in] CallBackGuid The PCD token GUID being set.
@param[in] CallBackToken The PCD token number being set.
@ -1947,17 +1947,17 @@ VOID
/**
Set up a notification function that is called when a specified token is set.
When the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid is set,
then notification function specified by NotificationFunction is called.
When the token specified by TokenNumber and Guid is set,
then notification function specified by NotificationFunction is called.
If Guid is NULL, then the default token space is used.
If NotificationFunction is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which
namespace to set a value from. If NULL, then the default
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which
namespace to set a value from. If NULL, then the default
token space is used.
@param[in] TokenNumber The PCD token number to monitor.
@param[in] NotificationFunction The function to call when the token
@param[in] NotificationFunction The function to call when the token
specified by Guid and TokenNumber is set.
**/
@ -1972,12 +1972,12 @@ LibPcdCallbackOnSet (
/**
Disable a notification function that was established with LibPcdCallbackonSet().
Disable a notification function that was previously established with LibPcdCallbackOnSet().
If NotificationFunction is NULL, then ASSERT().
If LibPcdCallbackOnSet() was not previously called with Guid, TokenNumber,
If LibPcdCallbackOnSet() was not previously called with Guid, TokenNumber,
and NotificationFunction, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Specify the GUID token space.
@param[in] TokenNumber Specify the token number.
@param[in] NotificationFunction The callback function to be unregistered.
@ -1994,24 +1994,24 @@ LibPcdCancelCallback (
/**
Retrieves the next token in a token space.
Retrieves the next PCD token number from the token space specified by Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then the default token space is used. If TokenNumber is 0,
then the first token number is returned. Otherwise, the token number that
follows TokenNumber in the token space is returned. If TokenNumber is the last
token number in the token space, then 0 is returned.
Retrieves the next PCD token number from the token space specified by Guid.
If Guid is NULL, then the default token space is used. If TokenNumber is 0,
then the first token number is returned. Otherwise, the token number that
follows TokenNumber in the token space is returned. If TokenNumber is the last
token number in the token space, then 0 is returned.
If TokenNumber is not 0 and is not in the token space specified by Guid, then ASSERT().
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which namespace
@param[in] Guid Pointer to a 128-bit unique value that designates which namespace
to set a value from. If NULL, then the default token space is used.
@param[in] TokenNumber The previous PCD token number. If 0, then retrieves the first PCD
@param[in] TokenNumber The previous PCD token number. If 0, then retrieves the first PCD
token number.
@return The next valid token number.
**/
UINTN
UINTN
EFIAPI
LibPcdGetNextToken (
IN CONST GUID *Guid, OPTIONAL
@ -2022,12 +2022,12 @@ LibPcdGetNextToken (
/**
Used to retrieve the list of available PCD token space GUIDs.
Returns the PCD token space GUID that follows TokenSpaceGuid in the list of token spaces
in the platform.
If TokenSpaceGuid is NULL, then a pointer to the first PCD token spaces returned.
If TokenSpaceGuid is the last PCD token space GUID in the list, then NULL is returned.
@param TokenSpaceGuid Pointer to the a PCD token space GUID
@return The next valid token namespace.
@ -2042,24 +2042,24 @@ LibPcdGetNextTokenSpace (
/**
Sets a value of a patchable PCD entry that is type pointer.
Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
MaximumDatumSize and NULL must be returned.
If PatchVariable is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[out] PatchVariable A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
@param[out] PatchVariable A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
the target of the set operation.
@param[in] MaximumDatumSize The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
@return Return the pointer to the Buffer that was set.
**/
@ -2091,7 +2091,7 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtr (
@param[in] MaximumDatumSize The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
@return The status of the set operation.
**/
@ -2106,26 +2106,26 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtrS (
/**
Sets a value and size of a patchable PCD entry that is type pointer.
Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
Sets the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable to the value specified by Buffer
and SizeOfBuffer. Buffer is returned. If SizeOfBuffer is greater than
MaximumDatumSize, then set SizeOfBuffer to MaximumDatumSize and return
NULL to indicate that the set operation was not actually performed.
If SizeOfBuffer is set to MAX_ADDRESS, then SizeOfBuffer must be set to
MaximumDatumSize and NULL must be returned.
If PatchVariable is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfPatchVariable is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
If SizeOfBuffer > 0 and Buffer is NULL, then ASSERT().
@param[out] PatchVariable A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
@param[out] PatchVariable A pointer to the global variable in a module that is
the target of the set operation.
@param[out] SizeOfPatchVariable A pointer to the size, in bytes, of PatchVariable.
@param[in] MaximumDatumSize The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
@return Return the pointer to the Buffer that was set.
**/
@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ LibPatchPcdSetPtrAndSize (
@param[in] MaximumDatumSize The maximum size allowed for the PCD entry specified by PatchVariable.
@param[in, out] SizeOfBuffer A pointer to the size, in bytes, of Buffer.
@param[in] Buffer A pointer to the buffer to used to set the target variable.
@return The status of the set operation.
**/

20
MdePkg/Include/Library/PciCf8Lib.h
View File

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
/** @file
Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space using the I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC.
This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
configuration cycles must be through I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC. This library only allows
This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
configuration cycles must be through I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC. This library only allows
access to PCI Segment #0.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
(((Offset) & 0xfff) | (((Function) & 0x07) << 12) | (((Device) & 0x1f) << 15) | (((Bus) & 0xff) << 20))
/**
Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
SetVirtualAddressMap().
Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap() is called.
If Address > 0x0FFFFFFF, then ASSERT().
If the register specified by Address >= 0x100, then ASSERT().
@param Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
Register.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
after ExitBootServices().
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The resources required to access the PCI device
at runtime could not be mapped.

18
MdePkg/Include/Library/PciExpressLib.h
View File

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
/** @file
Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space using the MMIO PCI Express window.
This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
This library is identical to the PCI Library, except the access method for performing PCI
configuration cycles must be through the 256 MB PCI Express MMIO window whose base address
is defined by PcdPciExpressBaseAddress.
@ -40,20 +40,20 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
#define PCI_EXPRESS_LIB_ADDRESS(Bus,Device,Function,Offset) PCI_ECAM_ADDRESS ((Bus), (Device), (Function), (Offset))
/**
Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
SetVirtualAddressMap().
Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration
registers associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap()
Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration
registers associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap()
is called.
If Address > 0x0FFFFFFF, then ASSERT().
@param Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
Register.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
after ExitBootServices().
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The resources required to access the PCI device
at runtime could not be mapped.

30
MdePkg/Include/Library/PciLib.h
View File

@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
/** @file
Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space.
These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration
access method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses,
or it may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some
alternate access method. Modules will typically use the PCI Library for its PCI configuration
accesses. However, if a module requires a mix of PCI access methods, the PCI CF8 Library or
PCI Express Library may be used in conjunction with the PCI Library. The functionality of
these three libraries is identical. The PCI CF8 Library and PCI Express Library simply use
These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration
access method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses,
or it may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some
alternate access method. Modules will typically use the PCI Library for its PCI configuration
accesses. However, if a module requires a mix of PCI access methods, the PCI CF8 Library or
PCI Express Library may be used in conjunction with the PCI Library. The functionality of
these three libraries is identical. The PCI CF8 Library and PCI Express Library simply use
explicit access methods.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2012, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -41,19 +41,19 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
(((Register) & 0xfff) | (((Function) & 0x07) << 12) | (((Device) & 0x1f) << 15) | (((Bus) & 0xff) << 20))
/**
Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
Registers a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
SetVirtualAddressMap().
Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
Registers the PCI device specified by Address so all the PCI configuration registers
associated with that PCI device may be accessed after SetVirtualAddressMap() is called.
If Address > 0x0FFFFFFF, then ASSERT().
@param Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
Register.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
after ExitBootServices().
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The resources required to access the PCI device
at runtime could not be mapped.

30
MdePkg/Include/Library/PciSegmentLib.h
View File

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
/** @file
Provides services to access PCI Configuration Space on a platform with multiple PCI segments.
The PCI Segment Library function provide services to read, write, and modify the PCI configuration
registers on PCI root bridges on any supported PCI segment. These library services take a single
address parameter that encodes the PCI Segment, PCI Bus, PCI Device, PCI Function, and PCI Register.
registers on PCI root bridges on any supported PCI segment. These library services take a single
address parameter that encodes the PCI Segment, PCI Bus, PCI Device, PCI Function, and PCI Register.
The layout of this address parameter is as follows:
PCI Register: Bits 0..11
PCI Function Bits 12..14
PCI Device Bits 15..19
@ -13,17 +13,17 @@
Reserved Bits 28..31. Must be 0.
PCI Segment Bits 32..47
Reserved Bits 48..63. Must be 0.
| Reserved (MBZ) | Segment | Reserved (MBZ) | Bus | Device | Function | Register |
63 48 47 32 31 28 27 20 19 15 14 12 11 0
These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration access
method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses, or it
may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some alternate
access method. Modules will typically use the PCI Segment Library for its PCI configuration
accesses when PCI Segments other than Segment #0 must be accessed.
These functions perform PCI configuration cycles using the default PCI configuration access
method. This may use I/O ports 0xCF8 and 0xCFC to perform PCI configuration accesses, or it
may use MMIO registers relative to the PcdPciExpressBaseAddress, or it may use some alternate
access method. Modules will typically use the PCI Segment Library for its PCI configuration
accesses when PCI Segments other than Segment #0 must be accessed.
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2017, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
Copyright (c) 2006 - 2018, Intel Corporation. All rights reserved.<BR>
This program and the accompanying materials
are licensed and made available under the terms and conditions of the BSD License
which accompanies this distribution. The full text of the license may be found at
@ -71,16 +71,16 @@ WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
)
/**
Register a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
Register a PCI device so PCI configuration registers may be accessed after
SetVirtualAddressMap().
If any reserved bits in Address are set, then ASSERT().
@param Address Address that encodes the PCI Bus, Device, Function and
Register.
@retval RETURN_SUCCESS The PCI device was registered for runtime access.
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED An attempt was made to call this function
after ExitBootServices().
@retval RETURN_UNSUPPORTED The resources required to access the PCI device
at runtime could not be mapped.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More